circlecloud/tmux
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/tmux/tmux.git synced 2024-12-13 10:08:47 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
7804fa1b82
tmux/tmux.h

2434 lines
69 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* $OpenBSD$ */
/*
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
2016-01-19 15:59:12 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
*
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
* purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
* copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
*
* THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
* WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
* ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
* WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
* IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
* OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
*/
#ifndef TMUX_H
#define TMUX_H
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <sys/queue.h>
#include <sys/tree.h>
Proper support for tab stops (\033H etc), using a bitstring(3). Makes another vttest test happy.
2009-06-04 18:48:24 +00:00
#include <bitstring.h>
Initial changes to move tmux to libevent. This moves the client-side loops are pretty much fully over to event-based only (tmux.c and client.c) but server-side (server.c and friends) treats libevent as a sort of clever poll, waking up after every event to run various things. Moving the server stuff over to bufferevents and timers and so on will come later.
2009-11-04 20:50:11 +00:00
#include <event.h>
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <termios.h>
Use system wcwidth() instead of carrying around UTF-8 width tables.
2016-03-01 12:02:08 +00:00
#include <wchar.h>
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Only assume pasting with at least two characters, reduces problems for people who can type ^B c very fast, or who are using tmux inside something else that buffers.
2015-11-19 22:46:46 +00:00
#include "xmalloc.h"
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
extern char **environ;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Fundamental change to how copy mode key bindings work: The vi-copy and emacs-copy mode key tables are gone, and instead copy mode commands are bound in one of two normal key tables ("copy-mode" or "copy-mode-vi"). Keys are bound to "send-keys -X copy-mode-command". So: bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up Becomes: bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up This allows the full command parser and command set to be used - for example, we can use the normal command prompt for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom one: bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'" command-prompt also gets a -1 option to only require on key press, which is needed for jumping. The plan is to get rid of mode keys entirely, so more to come eventually.
2016-10-11 07:23:34 +00:00
struct args;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct client;
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
struct cmd_find_state;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
struct cmdq_item;
struct cmdq_list;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct environ;
In order that people can use formats like #D in #() in the status line and not have to wait for an update when they change pane, we allow commands to run more than once a second if the expanded form changes. Unfortunately this can mean them being run far too often (pretty much continually) when multiple clients exist, because some formats (including #D) will always differ between clients. To avoid this, give each client its own tree of jobs which means that the same command will be different instances for each client - similar to how we have the tag to separate commands for different panes. GitHub issue 889; test case reported by Paul Johnson.
2017-05-01 12:20:55 +00:00
struct format_job_tree;
Make adding mode formats a function pointer as well.
2019-03-07 19:01:21 +00:00
struct format_tree;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct input_ctx;
Move job struct into job.c.
2018-08-23 15:45:05 +00:00
struct job;
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
struct mode_tree_data;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct mouse_event;
struct options;
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct session;
struct tmuxpeer;
struct tmuxproc;
Pass window into mode functions.
2018-12-18 13:20:44 +00:00
struct winlink;
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
Minor tidying.
2018-08-02 11:18:34 +00:00
/* Client-server protocol version. */
#define PROTOCOL_VERSION 8
Rename global configuration define.
2013-04-24 10:01:32 +00:00
/* Default global configuration file. */
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
#ifndef TMUX_CONF
Rename global configuration define.
2013-04-24 10:01:32 +00:00
#define TMUX_CONF "/etc/tmux.conf"
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
#endif
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Allow panes to be 1 line or column by redrawing instead of using the scroll region, from Soeren Tempel in GitHub issue 1487.
2018-09-25 14:27:20 +00:00
/* Minimum layout cell size, NOT including border lines. */
#define PANE_MINIMUM 1
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
/* Minimum and maximum window size. */
#define WINDOW_MINIMUM PANE_MINIMUM
#define WINDOW_MAXIMUM 10000
Better take on reducing the name timer. Again check for name changes in the main loop after events that may have changed the pane, but do so at most once every 500 millis. If the pane changed too soon, use a timer to ensure that a check happens later.
2015-08-29 00:29:15 +00:00
/* Automatic name refresh interval, in microseconds. Must be < 1 second. */
#define NAME_INTERVAL 500000
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Remove event watermarks, don't work well enough to be worth it.
2017-02-08 08:25:12 +00:00
/* Maximum size of data to hold from a pane. */
#define READ_SIZE 4096
To replace c0-*, add a high watermark to the pty event, and also backoff when the any of the ttys the pane is going to write to has buffered enough data.
2015-05-12 22:40:38 +00:00
Run the source-file pattern through glob(3).
2017-01-09 19:27:00 +00:00
/* Attribute to make GCC check printf-like arguments. */
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
#define printflike(a, b) __attribute__ ((format (printf, a, b)))
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Number of items in array. */
#ifndef nitems to avoid redefining it if it is already in a header.
2009-06-25 22:08:15 +00:00
#ifndef nitems
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define nitems(_a) (sizeof((_a)) / sizeof((_a)[0]))
#ifndef nitems to avoid redefining it if it is already in a header.
2009-06-25 22:08:15 +00:00
#endif
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Rename BELL_* values to ALERT_* now they are used by more than bells, based on a diff from Brad Town.
2017-08-16 11:46:08 +00:00
/* Alert option values. */
#define ALERT_NONE 0
#define ALERT_ANY 1
#define ALERT_CURRENT 2
#define ALERT_OTHER 3
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Make bell, activity and silence alerting more consistent: - remove the bell-on-alert option; - add activity-action and silence-action options with the same possible values as the existing bell-action; - add "both" value for the visual-bell, visual-activity and visual-silence options to trigger both a bell and a message. This means all three work the same way. Based on changes from Yvain Thonnart.
2017-07-26 16:14:08 +00:00
/* Visual option values. */
#define VISUAL_OFF 0
#define VISUAL_ON 1
#define VISUAL_BOTH 2
Whoops, this is needed for last commit as well.
2009-11-10 17:41:35 +00:00
/* Special key codes. */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
#define KEYC_NONE 0xffff00000000ULL
Allow prefix and prefix2 to be set to None to disable (useful if you would rather bind the prefix in the root table).
2015-12-12 18:19:00 +00:00
#define KEYC_UNKNOWN 0xfffe00000000ULL
enum values need to fit in 32 bits; we only use enum for numbering and Unicode characters fit in 24 bits, so we can leave key_code as 64 bits and change KEYC_BASE down to 0x10000000.
2016-11-04 14:47:38 +00:00
#define KEYC_BASE 0x000010000000ULL
Add user-keys option to allow user-defined keys to be set, from Dan Aloni.
2017-06-23 15:36:52 +00:00
#define KEYC_USER 0x000020000000ULL
/* Available user keys. */
#define KEYC_NUSER 1000
Whoops, this is needed for last commit as well.
2009-11-10 17:41:35 +00:00
/* Key modifier bits. */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
#define KEYC_ESCAPE 0x200000000000ULL
Apply the xterm key flag when needed for send-keys, fixes problem reported by Franky Spamschleuder.
2017-06-28 11:36:39 +00:00
#define KEYC_CTRL 0x400000000000ULL
#define KEYC_SHIFT 0x800000000000ULL
Up to now, tmux sees \033\033[OA as M-Up and since we turned on xterm-keys by default, generates \033[1;3A instead of \033\033[OA. Unfortunately this confuses vi, which doesn't understand xterm keys and now sees Escape+Up pressed within escape-time as Escape followed by A. The issue doesn't happen in xterm itself because it gets the keys from X and can distinguish between a genuine M-Up and Escape+Up. Because xterm can, tmux can too: xterm will give us \033[1;3A (that is, kUP3) for a real M-Up and \033\033OA for Escape+Up - in fact, we can be sure any \033 preceding an xterm key is a real Escape key press because Meta would be part of the xterm key instead of a separate \033. So change tmux to recognise both sequences as M-Up for its own purposes, but generate the xterm version of M-Up only if it originally received the xterm version from the terminal. This means we will return to sending \033\033OA instead of the xterm key for terminals that do not support xterm keys themselves, but there is no practical way around this because they do not allow us to distinguish between Escape+Up and M-Up. xterm style escape sequences are now the de facto standard for these keys in any case. Problem reported by jsing@ and subsequently by Cecile Tonglet in GitHub issue 907.
2017-05-07 21:25:59 +00:00
#define KEYC_XTERM 0x1000000000000ULL
Tidy up keys: use an enum for the key codes, and remove the macros which just wrap flag sets/clears/tests.
2009-07-21 17:57:29 +00:00
Don't include meta twice when working out the flags to output for xterm-style keys - bit 3 is accepted on input but not on output. Also a style nit in the header.
2011-03-27 20:31:25 +00:00
/* Mask to obtain key w/o modifiers. */
Up to now, tmux sees \033\033[OA as M-Up and since we turned on xterm-keys by default, generates \033[1;3A instead of \033\033[OA. Unfortunately this confuses vi, which doesn't understand xterm keys and now sees Escape+Up pressed within escape-time as Escape followed by A. The issue doesn't happen in xterm itself because it gets the keys from X and can distinguish between a genuine M-Up and Escape+Up. Because xterm can, tmux can too: xterm will give us \033[1;3A (that is, kUP3) for a real M-Up and \033\033OA for Escape+Up - in fact, we can be sure any \033 preceding an xterm key is a real Escape key press because Meta would be part of the xterm key instead of a separate \033. So change tmux to recognise both sequences as M-Up for its own purposes, but generate the xterm version of M-Up only if it originally received the xterm version from the terminal. This means we will return to sending \033\033OA instead of the xterm key for terminals that do not support xterm keys themselves, but there is no practical way around this because they do not allow us to distinguish between Escape+Up and M-Up. xterm style escape sequences are now the de facto standard for these keys in any case. Problem reported by jsing@ and subsequently by Cecile Tonglet in GitHub issue 907.
2017-05-07 21:25:59 +00:00
#define KEYC_MASK_MOD (KEYC_ESCAPE|KEYC_CTRL|KEYC_SHIFT|KEYC_XTERM)
Use a macro-based mask for obtaining a key or modifier-set from the combination. Display C-@, etc, as C-Space, in list-keys. By Micah Cowan.
2010-06-06 19:00:13 +00:00
#define KEYC_MASK_KEY (~KEYC_MASK_MOD)
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Is this a mouse key? */
#define KEYC_IS_MOUSE(key) (((key) & KEYC_MASK_KEY) >= KEYC_MOUSE && \
((key) & KEYC_MASK_KEY) < KEYC_BSPACE)
Support double and triple clicks (they are cumulative, so double is fired then triple), and use for select-word and select-line in copy mode. Inspired by a different solution from Omar Sandoval.
2016-10-11 09:30:36 +00:00
/* Multiple click timeout. */
#define KEYC_CLICK_TIMEOUT 300
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Mouse key codes. */
Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse key modifiers for the left and right parts of the status line.
2018-08-22 20:06:14 +00:00
#define KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(name) \
KEYC_ ## name ## _PANE, \
KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS, \
KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS_LEFT, \
KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS_RIGHT, \
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
KEYC_ ## name ## _BORDER
Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse key modifiers for the left and right parts of the status line.
2018-08-22 20:06:14 +00:00
#define KEYC_MOUSE_STRING(name, s) \
{ #s "Pane", KEYC_ ## name ## _PANE }, \
{ #s "Status", KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS }, \
{ #s "StatusLeft", KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS_LEFT }, \
{ #s "StatusRight", KEYC_ ## name ## _STATUS_RIGHT }, \
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
{ #s "Border", KEYC_ ## name ## _BORDER }
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
/*
* A single key. This can be ASCII or Unicode or one of the keys starting at
* KEYC_BASE.
*/
Make key_code unsigned long long not uint64_t which is more portable for printf formats, and move UTF8_SIZE define down to near the rest of the UTF-8 bits.
2015-11-15 22:50:38 +00:00
typedef unsigned long long key_code;
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Special key codes. */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
enum {
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Focus events. */
KEYC_FOCUS_IN = KEYC_BASE,
KEYC_FOCUS_OUT,
Add an "Any" key to run a command if a key is pressed that is not bound in the current key table. GitHub issue 1404.
2018-07-16 08:48:22 +00:00
/* "Any" key, used if not found in key table. */
KEYC_ANY,
Add explicit keys for the bracketed paste sequences, both to avoid mix ups with other keys and to make logs clearer.
2017-06-12 07:04:24 +00:00
/* Paste brackets. */
KEYC_PASTE_START,
KEYC_PASTE_END,
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Mouse keys. */
KEYC_MOUSE, /* unclassified mouse event */
The mouse valid flag needs to be correct before we fire the dragging callback, so move the callback outside of server_client_check_mouse and use a new special key code to indicate it.
2016-11-24 18:45:45 +00:00
KEYC_DRAGGING, /* dragging in progress */
Implement "all event" (1003) mouse mode but in a way that works. The main issue is that if we have two panes, A with 1002 and B with 1003, we need to set 1003 outside tmux in order to get all the mouse events, but then we need to suppress the ones that pane A doesn't want. This is easy in SGR mouse mode, because buttons == 3 is only used for movement events (for other events the trailing m/M marks a release instead), but in normal mouse mode we can't tell so easily. So for that, look at the previous event instead - if it is drag+release as well, then the current event is a movement event.
2017-02-01 09:55:07 +00:00
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEMOVE),
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDOWN1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDOWN2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDOWN3),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEUP1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEUP2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEUP3),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAG1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAG2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAG3),
Instead of reusing MouseUp at the finish of a drag, add a new key MouseDragEnd. It can be useful to bind them separately in copy mode.
2016-03-18 07:28:27 +00:00
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAGEND1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAGEND2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(MOUSEDRAGEND3),
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(WHEELUP),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(WHEELDOWN),
Support double and triple clicks (they are cumulative, so double is fired then triple), and use for select-word and select-line in copy mode. Inspired by a different solution from Omar Sandoval.
2016-10-11 09:30:36 +00:00
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(DOUBLECLICK1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(DOUBLECLICK2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(DOUBLECLICK3),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(TRIPLECLICK1),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(TRIPLECLICK2),
KEYC_MOUSE_KEY(TRIPLECLICK3),
Tidy up keys: use an enum for the key codes, and remove the macros which just wrap flag sets/clears/tests.
2009-07-21 17:57:29 +00:00
Detect backspace by looking at termios VERASE and translate it into \177 (which matches screen's behaviour if not its termcap/terminfo entry). The terminfo kbs cap is often wrong or missing so it can't be used, and just assuming \177 may be wrong.
2009-07-26 21:42:08 +00:00
/* Backspace key. */
KEYC_BSPACE,
Tidy up keys: use an enum for the key codes, and remove the macros which just wrap flag sets/clears/tests.
2009-07-21 17:57:29 +00:00
/* Function keys. */
KEYC_F1,
KEYC_F2,
KEYC_F3,
KEYC_F4,
KEYC_F5,
KEYC_F6,
KEYC_F7,
KEYC_F8,
KEYC_F9,
KEYC_F10,
KEYC_F11,
KEYC_F12,
KEYC_IC,
KEYC_DC,
KEYC_HOME,
KEYC_END,
KEYC_NPAGE,
KEYC_PPAGE,
KEYC_BTAB,
/* Arrow keys. */
KEYC_UP,
KEYC_DOWN,
KEYC_LEFT,
KEYC_RIGHT,
Rename keypad keys to something more useful.
2009-10-26 13:13:33 +00:00
/* Numeric keypad. */
KEYC_KP_SLASH,
KEYC_KP_STAR,
KEYC_KP_MINUS,
KEYC_KP_SEVEN,
KEYC_KP_EIGHT,
KEYC_KP_NINE,
KEYC_KP_PLUS,
KEYC_KP_FOUR,
KEYC_KP_FIVE,
KEYC_KP_SIX,
KEYC_KP_ONE,
KEYC_KP_TWO,
KEYC_KP_THREE,
KEYC_KP_ENTER,
KEYC_KP_ZERO,
KEYC_KP_PERIOD,
Tidy up keys: use an enum for the key codes, and remove the macros which just wrap flag sets/clears/tests.
2009-07-21 17:57:29 +00:00
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Termcap codes. */
enum tty_code_code {
TTYC_AX = 0,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_ACSC,
TTYC_BCE,
TTYC_BEL,
TTYC_BLINK,
TTYC_BOLD,
TTYC_CIVIS,
TTYC_CLEAR,
TTYC_CNORM,
TTYC_COLORS,
TTYC_CR,
TTYC_CS,
TTYC_CSR,
TTYC_CUB,
TTYC_CUB1,
TTYC_CUD,
TTYC_CUD1,
TTYC_CUF,
TTYC_CUF1,
TTYC_CUP,
TTYC_CUU,
TTYC_CUU1,
TTYC_CVVIS,
TTYC_DCH,
TTYC_DCH1,
TTYC_DIM,
TTYC_DL,
TTYC_DL1,
Support for \e[3J to clear the history. Also send the corresponding terminfo code (E3) before locking.
2011-10-23 10:16:14 +00:00
TTYC_E3,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_ECH,
TTYC_ED,
TTYC_EL,
TTYC_EL1,
TTYC_ENACS,
TTYC_FSL,
TTYC_HOME,
TTYC_HPA,
TTYC_ICH,
TTYC_ICH1,
TTYC_IL,
TTYC_IL1,
TTYC_INDN,
TTYC_INVIS,
TTYC_KCBT,
TTYC_KCUB1,
TTYC_KCUD1,
TTYC_KCUF1,
TTYC_KCUU1,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KDC2,
TTYC_KDC3,
TTYC_KDC4,
TTYC_KDC5,
TTYC_KDC6,
TTYC_KDC7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KDCH1,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KDN2,
TTYC_KDN3,
TTYC_KDN4,
TTYC_KDN5,
TTYC_KDN6,
TTYC_KDN7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KEND,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KEND2,
TTYC_KEND3,
TTYC_KEND4,
TTYC_KEND5,
TTYC_KEND6,
TTYC_KEND7,
Drop explicit support for F13-F20 and change to match the xterm terminfo entry: F13-F24 are S-F1 to S-F12 F25-F36 are C-F1 to C-F12 F37-F48 are C-S-F1 to C-S-F12 F49-F60 are M-F1 to M-F12 and F61-F63 are M-S-F1 to M-S-F3 This should be no difference for applications inside tmux, but means that any key binding for F13 will need to be replaced by S-F1 and so on.
2014-07-21 10:25:48 +00:00
TTYC_KF1,
TTYC_KF10,
TTYC_KF11,
TTYC_KF12,
TTYC_KF13,
TTYC_KF14,
TTYC_KF15,
TTYC_KF16,
TTYC_KF17,
TTYC_KF18,
TTYC_KF19,
TTYC_KF2,
TTYC_KF20,
TTYC_KF21,
TTYC_KF22,
TTYC_KF23,
TTYC_KF24,
TTYC_KF25,
TTYC_KF26,
TTYC_KF27,
TTYC_KF28,
TTYC_KF29,
TTYC_KF3,
TTYC_KF30,
TTYC_KF31,
TTYC_KF32,
TTYC_KF33,
TTYC_KF34,
TTYC_KF35,
TTYC_KF36,
TTYC_KF37,
TTYC_KF38,
TTYC_KF39,
TTYC_KF4,
TTYC_KF40,
TTYC_KF41,
TTYC_KF42,
TTYC_KF43,
TTYC_KF44,
TTYC_KF45,
TTYC_KF46,
TTYC_KF47,
TTYC_KF48,
TTYC_KF49,
TTYC_KF5,
TTYC_KF50,
TTYC_KF51,
TTYC_KF52,
TTYC_KF53,
TTYC_KF54,
TTYC_KF55,
TTYC_KF56,
TTYC_KF57,
TTYC_KF58,
TTYC_KF59,
TTYC_KF6,
TTYC_KF60,
TTYC_KF61,
TTYC_KF62,
TTYC_KF63,
TTYC_KF7,
TTYC_KF8,
TTYC_KF9,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KHOM2,
TTYC_KHOM3,
TTYC_KHOM4,
TTYC_KHOM5,
TTYC_KHOM6,
TTYC_KHOM7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KHOME,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KIC2,
TTYC_KIC3,
TTYC_KIC4,
TTYC_KIC5,
TTYC_KIC6,
TTYC_KIC7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KICH1,
Use kind and kri for S-Up/Down as well as kUP and kDN.
2017-08-27 08:33:55 +00:00
TTYC_KIND,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KLFT2,
TTYC_KLFT3,
TTYC_KLFT4,
TTYC_KLFT5,
TTYC_KLFT6,
TTYC_KLFT7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KMOUS,
TTYC_KNP,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KNXT2,
TTYC_KNXT3,
TTYC_KNXT4,
TTYC_KNXT5,
TTYC_KNXT6,
TTYC_KNXT7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_KPP,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KPRV2,
TTYC_KPRV3,
TTYC_KPRV4,
TTYC_KPRV5,
TTYC_KPRV6,
TTYC_KPRV7,
Use kind and kri for S-Up/Down as well as kUP and kDN.
2017-08-27 08:33:55 +00:00
TTYC_KRI,
Support the (mostly new) function key+modifier caps (kIC-kIC7). Most of these will be caught (soon) by the xterm keys code in xterm itself but some other descriptions such as rxvt define them as well.
2009-10-26 16:00:51 +00:00
TTYC_KRIT2,
TTYC_KRIT3,
TTYC_KRIT4,
TTYC_KRIT5,
TTYC_KRIT6,
TTYC_KRIT7,
TTYC_KUP2,
TTYC_KUP3,
TTYC_KUP4,
TTYC_KUP5,
TTYC_KUP6,
TTYC_KUP7,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_MS,
TTYC_OP,
TTYC_REV,
Upstream ncurses has introduced terminfo capabilities to specify RGB colour ("true" or "direct" colour). These consist of new entries (such as "xterm-direct") which have a different setaf/setab implementation, colors and pairs set to 0x1000000 and 0x10000, and a new RGB flag. The setaf/setab definitions seem to be geared towards what ncurses (or emacs maybe) needs, in that the new versions do only ANSI and RGB colours (they can't be used for the 256 colour palette); they rely on the silly ISO colon-separated version of SGR; and they use a weird multiplication scheme so they still only need one argument. The higher values of colors and pairs require a recent ncurses to parse. tmux can use the RGB flag to detect RGB colour support (keeping the old Tc extension for backwards compatibility for now). However, as we still want to send 256 colour information unchanged when possible, the new setaf/setab are awkward. So when RGB is present, reserve setaf/setab only for ANSI colours and use the escape sequences directly for 256 and RGB colours. (To my knowledge no recent terminal uses unusual escape sequences for these in any case.)
2018-02-04 10:10:39 +00:00
TTYC_RGB,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_RI,
TTYC_RMACS,
TTYC_RMCUP,
TTYC_RMKX,
TTYC_SE,
TTYC_SETAB,
TTYC_SETAF,
TTYC_SETRGBB,
TTYC_SETRGBF,
TTYC_SGR0,
TTYC_SITM,
TTYC_SMACS,
TTYC_SMCUP,
TTYC_SMKX,
TTYC_SMSO,
Support for extended underline styles on terminals which offer them, enabled by adding the Smulx capability with terminal-overrides (add something like ',vte*:Smulx=\E[4\:%p1%dm'). GitHub issue 1492.
2018-10-18 07:57:57 +00:00
TTYC_SMULX,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_SMUL,
Add support for the strikethrough attribute (SGR 9), using the new smxx terminfo capability. This means there are now nine attribute bits, so anything above 0xff uses an extended cell.
2017-03-22 07:16:54 +00:00
TTYC_SMXX,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_SS,
TTYC_TC,
TTYC_TSL,
Check the terminfo(5) U8 capability and disable using UTF-8 for ACS if it is present and zero. This is useful for users with terminals or fonts that do not correctly support UTF-8 line drawing characters. GitHub issue 927, reported by Hiroaki Yamazoe and Akinori Hattori.
2017-05-15 16:44:04 +00:00
TTYC_U8,
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
TTYC_VPA,
TTYC_XENL,
TTYC_XT,
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
/* Message codes. */
Rename struct hdrtype to msgtype which is a better name and can be used even when struct hdr disappears.
2009-07-29 14:17:26 +00:00
enum msgtype {
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_VERSION = 12,
MSG_IDENTIFY_FLAGS = 100,
MSG_IDENTIFY_TERM,
MSG_IDENTIFY_TTYNAME,
Pass current directory as a string rather than a file descriptor because pledge doesn't let us pass directory file descriptors.
2015-10-18 20:42:42 +00:00
MSG_IDENTIFY_OLDCWD, /* unused */
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_IDENTIFY_STDIN,
MSG_IDENTIFY_ENVIRON,
MSG_IDENTIFY_DONE,
Add a format for client PID (client_pid) and server PID (pid). Diff for client_pid from Thomas Adam.
2015-06-14 10:07:44 +00:00
MSG_IDENTIFY_CLIENTPID,
Pass current directory as a string rather than a file descriptor because pledge doesn't let us pass directory file descriptors.
2015-10-18 20:42:42 +00:00
MSG_IDENTIFY_CWD,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_COMMAND = 200,
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
MSG_DETACH,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_DETACHKILL,
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
MSG_EXIT,
MSG_EXITED,
MSG_EXITING,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_LOCK,
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
MSG_READY,
MSG_RESIZE,
Send all three of stdin, stdout, stderr from the client to the server, so that commands can directly make use of them. This means that load-buffer and save-buffer can have "-" as the file to read from stdin or write to stdout. This is a protocol version bump so the tmux server will need to be restarted after upgrade (or an older client used).
2010-06-28 22:10:42 +00:00
MSG_SHELL,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_SHUTDOWN,
Send all three of stdin, stdout, stderr from the client to the server, so that commands can directly make use of them. This means that load-buffer and save-buffer can have "-" as the file to read from stdin or write to stdout. This is a protocol version bump so the tmux server will need to be restarted after upgrade (or an older client used).
2010-06-28 22:10:42 +00:00
MSG_STDERR,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_STDIN,
Send all three of stdin, stdout, stderr from the client to the server, so that commands can directly make use of them. This means that load-buffer and save-buffer can have "-" as the file to read from stdin or write to stdout. This is a protocol version bump so the tmux server will need to be restarted after upgrade (or an older client used).
2010-06-28 22:10:42 +00:00
MSG_STDOUT,
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
MSG_SUSPEND,
MSG_UNLOCK,
MSG_WAKEUP,
Add -E to detach-client to exec a command to replace the client instead of exiting it, useful if tmux wasn't exec'd itself. From Jenna Magius.
2017-01-13 10:12:12 +00:00
MSG_EXEC,
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size. This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data. As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code. Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
2009-07-26 12:58:44 +00:00
/*
Switch tmux to use imsg. This is the last major change to make the client-server protocol more resilient and make the protocol versioning work properly. In future, the only things requiring a protocol version bump will be changes in the message structs, and (when both client and server have this change) mixing different versions should nicely report an error message. As a side effect this also makes the code tidier, fixes a problem with the way errors reported during server startup were handled, and supports fd passing (which will be used in future). Looked over by eric@, thanks. Please note that mixing a client with this change with an older server or vice versa may cause tmux to crash or hang - tmux should be completely exited before upgrading.
2009-08-11 17:18:35 +00:00
* Message data.
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size. This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data. As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code. Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
2009-07-26 12:58:44 +00:00
*
* Don't forget to bump PROTOCOL_VERSION if any of these change!
*/
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct msg_command_data {
Similarly for MSG_COMMAND - allow full imsg limit not arbitrary 2048.
2013-10-10 12:13:56 +00:00
int argc;
}; /* followed by packed argv */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Instead of passing stdin/stdout/stderr file descriptors over imsg and handling them in the server, handle them in the client and pass buffers over imsg. This is much tidier for some upcoming changes and the performance hit isn't critical. The tty fd is still passed to the server as before. This bumps the tmux protocol version so new clients and old servers are incompatible.
2012-05-21 18:27:42 +00:00
struct msg_stdin_data {
ssize_t size;
char data[BUFSIZ];
};
struct msg_stdout_data {
ssize_t size;
char data[BUFSIZ];
};
struct msg_stderr_data {
ssize_t size;
char data[BUFSIZ];
};
If xterm-keys is on, use xterm(1) style keys for Home and End as well as modified keys.
2017-01-25 14:24:54 +00:00
/* Mode keys. */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define MODEKEY_EMACS 0
#define MODEKEY_VI 1
/* Modes. */
#define MODE_CURSOR 0x1
#define MODE_INSERT 0x2
#define MODE_KCURSOR 0x4
Output the right keys for application and number keypad modes (they were the wrong way round).
2009-11-25 12:24:31 +00:00
#define MODE_KKEYPAD 0x8 /* set = application, clear = number */
Support all four of the xterm mouse modes. Based on a diff from hsim at gmx.li.
2010-12-29 21:49:06 +00:00
#define MODE_WRAP 0x10 /* whether lines wrap */
#define MODE_MOUSE_STANDARD 0x20
Mouse highlight mode (1001) requires a program to cooperate so supporting it through tmux is not as easy as this, remove it for now.
2011-01-15 00:16:00 +00:00
#define MODE_MOUSE_BUTTON 0x40
Support blinking cursor mode, both the xterm CSI ?12 h/l and (the backwards) screen CSI 34 h/l. From Guanpeng Xu.
2015-01-20 08:18:04 +00:00
#define MODE_BLINKING 0x80
Partly revert previous, it is harmless to keep support for UTF-8 mouse mode inside tmux, just no longer support it for tmux itself.
2015-11-23 23:47:57 +00:00
#define MODE_MOUSE_UTF8 0x100
Support the latest theory for mouse input, this is enabled/disabled with SM/RM 1006 and is similar in style to SGR input: \033[<b;x;yM or \033[b;x;ym. From Egmont Koblinger.
2013-03-22 10:33:50 +00:00
#define MODE_MOUSE_SGR 0x200
#define MODE_BRACKETPASTE 0x400
Handle focus events from the terminal, from Aaron Jensen.
2013-03-24 09:28:59 +00:00
#define MODE_FOCUSON 0x800
Implement "all event" (1003) mouse mode but in a way that works. The main issue is that if we have two panes, A with 1002 and B with 1003, we need to set 1003 outside tmux in order to get all the mouse events, but then we need to suppress the ones that pane A doesn't want. This is easy in SGR mouse mode, because buttons == 3 is only used for movement events (for other events the trailing m/M marks a release instead), but in normal mouse mode we can't tell so easily. So for that, look at the previous event instead - if it is drag+release as well, then the current event is a movement event.
2017-02-01 09:55:07 +00:00
#define MODE_MOUSE_ALL 0x1000
Add support for origin mode (DECOM, SM/RM ?6), from Marc Reisner.
2019-03-12 07:39:27 +00:00
#define MODE_ORIGIN 0x2000
Support all four of the xterm mouse modes. Based on a diff from hsim at gmx.li.
2010-12-29 21:49:06 +00:00
Another helper function to write to terminal and log.
2017-02-08 23:53:03 +00:00
#define ALL_MODES 0xffffff
Implement "all event" (1003) mouse mode but in a way that works. The main issue is that if we have two panes, A with 1002 and B with 1003, we need to set 1003 outside tmux in order to get all the mouse events, but then we need to suppress the ones that pane A doesn't want. This is easy in SGR mouse mode, because buttons == 3 is only used for movement events (for other events the trailing m/M marks a release instead), but in normal mouse mode we can't tell so easily. So for that, look at the previous event instead - if it is drag+release as well, then the current event is a movement event.
2017-02-01 09:55:07 +00:00
#define ALL_MOUSE_MODES (MODE_MOUSE_STANDARD|MODE_MOUSE_BUTTON|MODE_MOUSE_ALL)
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Make key_code unsigned long long not uint64_t which is more portable for printf formats, and move UTF8_SIZE define down to near the rest of the UTF-8 bits.
2015-11-15 22:50:38 +00:00
/*
Bump the UTF-8 character array up to 18 to allow for more combining characters (some languages use up to five). This size doesn't make as much difference now that UTF-8 goes into an extended cell. GitHub issue 1430.
2018-08-09 09:53:44 +00:00
* A single UTF-8 character. UTF8_SIZE must be big enough to hold
* combining characters as well, currently at most five (of three
* bytes) are supported.
Make key_code unsigned long long not uint64_t which is more portable for printf formats, and move UTF8_SIZE define down to near the rest of the UTF-8 bits.
2015-11-15 22:50:38 +00:00
*/
Bump the UTF-8 character array up to 18 to allow for more combining characters (some languages use up to five). This size doesn't make as much difference now that UTF-8 goes into an extended cell. GitHub issue 1430.
2018-08-09 09:53:44 +00:00
#define UTF8_SIZE 18
Try to reduce the UTF-8 mess. Get rid of passing around u_char[4]s and define a struct utf8_data which has character data, size (sequence length) and width. Move UTF-8 character collection into two functions utf8_open/utf8_append in utf8.c which fill in this struct and use these functions from input.c and the various functions in screen-write.c. Space for rather more data than is necessary for one UTF-8 sequence is in the utf8_data struct because screen_write_copy is still nasty and needs to reinject the character (after combining) into screen_write_cell.
2009-10-20 19:18:28 +00:00
struct utf8_data {
u_char data[UTF8_SIZE];
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
u_char have;
u_char size;
Try to reduce the UTF-8 mess. Get rid of passing around u_char[4]s and define a struct utf8_data which has character data, size (sequence length) and width. Move UTF-8 character collection into two functions utf8_open/utf8_append in utf8.c which fill in this struct and use these functions from input.c and the various functions in screen-write.c. Space for rather more data than is necessary for one UTF-8 sequence is in the utf8_data struct because screen_write_copy is still nasty and needs to reinject the character (after combining) into screen_write_cell.
2009-10-20 19:18:28 +00:00
Be more strict about invalid UTF-8.
2015-11-14 10:56:31 +00:00
u_char width; /* 0xff if invalid */
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
} __packed;
All these return values from utf8_* are confusing, use an enum.
2015-11-14 11:45:43 +00:00
enum utf8_state {
UTF8_MORE,
UTF8_DONE,
UTF8_ERROR
};
Try to reduce the UTF-8 mess. Get rid of passing around u_char[4]s and define a struct utf8_data which has character data, size (sequence length) and width. Move UTF-8 character collection into two functions utf8_open/utf8_append in utf8.c which fill in this struct and use these functions from input.c and the various functions in screen-write.c. Space for rather more data than is necessary for one UTF-8 sequence is in the utf8_data struct because screen_write_copy is still nasty and needs to reinject the character (after combining) into screen_write_cell.
2009-10-20 19:18:28 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
/* Colour flags. */
#define COLOUR_FLAG_256 0x01000000
#define COLOUR_FLAG_RGB 0x02000000
Add a "terminal" colour which can be used instead of "default" in style options for the terminal default colour, bypassing any inheritance from other options. Prompted by a discussion with abieber@.
2018-10-25 15:13:38 +00:00
/* Special colours. */
#define COLOUR_DEFAULT(c) ((c) == 8 || (c) == 9)
Add support for the strikethrough attribute (SGR 9), using the new smxx terminfo capability. This means there are now nine attribute bits, so anything above 0xff uses an extended cell.
2017-03-22 07:16:54 +00:00
/* Grid attributes. Anything above 0xff is stored in an extended cell. */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define GRID_ATTR_BRIGHT 0x1
#define GRID_ATTR_DIM 0x2
#define GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE 0x4
#define GRID_ATTR_BLINK 0x8
#define GRID_ATTR_REVERSE 0x10
#define GRID_ATTR_HIDDEN 0x20
#define GRID_ATTR_ITALICS 0x40
#define GRID_ATTR_CHARSET 0x80 /* alternative character set */
Add support for the strikethrough attribute (SGR 9), using the new smxx terminfo capability. This means there are now nine attribute bits, so anything above 0xff uses an extended cell.
2017-03-22 07:16:54 +00:00
#define GRID_ATTR_STRIKETHROUGH 0x100
Support for extended underline styles on terminals which offer them, enabled by adding the Smulx capability with terminal-overrides (add something like ',vte*:Smulx=\E[4\:%p1%dm'). GitHub issue 1492.
2018-10-18 07:57:57 +00:00
#define GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_2 0x200
#define GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_3 0x400
#define GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_4 0x800
#define GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_5 0x1000
/* All underscore attributes. */
#define GRID_ATTR_ALL_UNDERSCORE \
(GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE| \
GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_2| \
GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_3| \
GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_4| \
GRID_ATTR_UNDERSCORE_5)
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Grid flags. */
#define GRID_FLAG_FG256 0x1
#define GRID_FLAG_BG256 0x2
#define GRID_FLAG_PADDING 0x4
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
#define GRID_FLAG_EXTENDED 0x8
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
#define GRID_FLAG_SELECTED 0x10
Add support for the OSC 4 and OSC 104 palette setting escape sequences, from S Gilles.
2017-01-07 15:28:13 +00:00
#define GRID_FLAG_NOPALETTE 0x20
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a flags member to the grid_line struct and use it to differentiate lines wrapped at the screen edge from those terminated by a newline. Then use this when copying to combine wrapped lines together into one.
2009-08-08 15:57:49 +00:00
/* Grid line flags. */
#define GRID_LINE_WRAPPED 0x1
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
#define GRID_LINE_EXTENDED 0x2
Reflowing the grid in-place involved way too much memmove() for a big performance cost with a large history. Instead change back to using a second grid and copying modified lines over which is much faster (this doesn't revert to the old code however which didn't support UTF-8 properly). GitHub issue 1249.
2018-02-16 09:51:41 +00:00
#define GRID_LINE_DEAD 0x4
Support for RGB colour, using the extended cell mechanism to avoid wasting unnecessary space. The 'Tc' flag must be set in the external TERM entry (using terminal-overrides or a custom terminfo entry), if not tmux will map to the closest of the 256 or 16 colour palettes. Mostly from Suraj N Kurapati, based on a diff originally by someone else.
2016-01-29 11:13:56 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Grid cell data. */
struct grid_cell {
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
u_char flags;
Add support for the strikethrough attribute (SGR 9), using the new smxx terminfo capability. This means there are now nine attribute bits, so anything above 0xff uses an extended cell.
2017-03-22 07:16:54 +00:00
u_short attr;
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
int fg;
int bg;
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
struct utf8_data data;
};
struct grid_cell_entry {
u_char flags;
union {
u_int offset;
struct {
u_char attr;
u_char fg;
u_char bg;
u_char data;
} data;
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
} __packed;
Change the way the grid is stored, previously it was: - a two-dimensional array of cells; - a two-dimensional array of utf8 data; - an array of line lengths. Now it is a single array of a new struct grid_line each of which represents a line and containts the length and an array of cells and an array of utf8 data. This will make it easier to add additional per-line members, such as flags.
2009-08-08 13:29:27 +00:00
/* Grid line. */
struct grid_line {
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
u_int cellused;
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
u_int cellsize;
struct grid_cell_entry *celldata;
u_int extdsize;
struct grid_cell *extddata;
Change the way the grid is stored, previously it was: - a two-dimensional array of cells; - a two-dimensional array of utf8 data; - an array of line lengths. Now it is a single array of a new struct grid_line each of which represents a line and containts the length and an array of cells and an array of utf8 data. This will make it easier to add additional per-line members, such as flags.
2009-08-08 13:29:27 +00:00
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
int flags;
Change the way the grid is stored, previously it was: - a two-dimensional array of cells; - a two-dimensional array of utf8 data; - an array of line lengths. Now it is a single array of a new struct grid_line each of which represents a line and containts the length and an array of cells and an array of utf8 data. This will make it easier to add additional per-line members, such as flags.
2009-08-08 13:29:27 +00:00
} __packed;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Entire grid of cells. */
struct grid {
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
int flags;
#define GRID_HISTORY 0x1 /* scroll lines into history */
Support "alternate screen" mode (terminfo smcup/rmcup) typically used by full screen interactive programs to preserve the screen contents. When activated, it saves a copy of the visible grid and disables scrolling into and resizing out of the history; when deactivated the visible data is restored and the history reenabled.
2009-07-13 10:43:52 +00:00
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Remember the number of lines scrolled into the history (versus cleared into the history) and when resizing only use scrolled lines and not cleared lines (which are probably not intended to reappear). From Chaoren Lin.
2016-09-02 20:57:20 +00:00
u_int hscrolled;
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
u_int hsize;
u_int hlimit;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
struct grid_line *linedata;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
/* Hook data structures. */
struct hook {
Spacing nits.
2015-12-08 08:14:04 +00:00
const char *name;
struct cmd_list *cmdlist;
RB_ENTRY(hook) entry;
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Virtual screen. */
Move struct screen_sel into screen.c and tidy up members that are only used by copy mode.
2018-07-31 11:49:26 +00:00
struct screen_sel;
Add support for the xterm(1) title stack, from Brad Town, GitHub issue 1075.
2017-10-05 13:29:18 +00:00
struct screen_titles;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct screen {
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
char *title;
Add support for the xterm(1) title stack, from Brad Town, GitHub issue 1075.
2017-10-05 13:29:18 +00:00
struct screen_titles *titles;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
struct grid *grid; /* grid data */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
u_int cx; /* cursor x */
u_int cy; /* cursor y */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
u_int cstyle; /* cursor style */
char *ccolour; /* cursor colour string */
Support xterm(1) cursor colour change sequences through terminfo(5) Cc (set) and Cr (reset) extensions. Originally by Sean Estabrooks, tweaked by me and Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:03:58 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
u_int rupper; /* scroll region top */
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
u_int rlower; /* scroll region bottom */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
int mode;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
bitstr_t *tabs;
Proper support for tab stops (\033H etc), using a bitstring(3). Makes another vttest test happy.
2009-06-04 18:48:24 +00:00
Move struct screen_sel into screen.c and tidy up members that are only used by copy mode.
2018-07-31 11:49:26 +00:00
struct screen_sel *sel;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
/* Screen write context. */
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
struct screen_write_collect_item;
struct screen_write_collect_line;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct screen_write_ctx {
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
struct window_pane *wp;
struct screen *s;
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
struct screen_write_collect_item *item;
struct screen_write_collect_line *list;
Add support for scroll up escape sequence (CSI S) and use it when possible instead of sending individual line feeds.
2017-02-08 17:31:09 +00:00
u_int scrolled;
Return 1 if name matches not 0, also fix some spaces.
2017-06-07 15:27:46 +00:00
u_int bg;
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
u_int cells;
u_int written;
u_int skipped;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
/* Screen size. */
#define screen_size_x(s) ((s)->grid->sx)
#define screen_size_y(s) ((s)->grid->sy)
#define screen_hsize(s) ((s)->grid->hsize)
#define screen_hlimit(s) ((s)->grid->hlimit)
/*
* Window mode. Windows can be in several modes and this is used to call the
* right function to handle input and output.
*/
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
struct window_mode_entry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct window_mode {
Add a format for the name of the pane's mode, lets it be used as a conditional for key bindings.
2017-05-07 22:27:57 +00:00
const char *name;
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
struct screen *(*init)(struct window_mode_entry *,
struct cmd_find_state *, struct args *);
void (*free)(struct window_mode_entry *);
void (*resize)(struct window_mode_entry *, u_int, u_int);
void (*key)(struct window_mode_entry *, struct client *,
Pass window into mode functions.
2018-12-18 13:20:44 +00:00
struct session *, struct winlink *, key_code,
struct mouse_event *);
Add a format for the name of the pane's mode, lets it be used as a conditional for key bindings.
2017-05-07 22:27:57 +00:00
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
const char *(*key_table)(struct window_mode_entry *);
void (*command)(struct window_mode_entry *, struct client *,
Pass window into mode functions.
2018-12-18 13:20:44 +00:00
struct session *, struct winlink *, struct args *,
Add a format for the name of the pane's mode, lets it be used as a conditional for key bindings.
2017-05-07 22:27:57 +00:00
struct mouse_event *);
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
void (*formats)(struct window_mode_entry *,
struct format_tree *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Copy mode needs to keep the original grid intact so it can copy from it if needed, so it disables reading from the pane. This can be problem with some programs. So make tmux automatically exit all modes after 180 seconds of inactivity and if there is pending output.
2016-06-15 09:13:46 +00:00
#define WINDOW_MODE_TIMEOUT 180
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
/* Active window mode. */
struct window_mode_entry {
struct window_pane *wp;
const struct window_mode *mode;
void *data;
Allow multiple modes to be open in a pane. A stack of open modes is kept and the previous restored when the top is exited. If a mode that is already on the stack is entered, the existing instance is moved to the top as the active mode rather than being opened new.
2019-03-12 11:16:49 +00:00
struct screen *screen;
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
u_int prefix;
Allow multiple modes to be open in a pane. A stack of open modes is kept and the previous restored when the top is exited. If a mode that is already on the stack is entered, the existing instance is moved to the top as the active mode rather than being opened new.
2019-03-12 11:16:49 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY (window_mode_entry) entry;
Add a separate mode struct for the active window mode if any.
2019-03-07 20:24:21 +00:00
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Child window structure. */
struct window_pane {
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
u_int id;
Both the two previous ways of navigating panes by direction have irritating flaws: a) The old way of always using the top or left if the choice is ambiguous is annoying when the layout is unbalanced. b) The new way of remembering the last used pane is annoying if the layout is balanced and the leftmost is obvious to the user (because clearly if we go right from the top-left in a tiled set of four we want to end up in top-right, even if we were last using the bottom-right). So instead, use a combination of both: if there is only one possible pane alongside the current pane, move to it, otherwise choose the most recently used of the choice.
2014-05-08 06:03:30 +00:00
u_int active_point;
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct window *window;
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
struct layout_cell *layout_cell;
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
struct layout_cell *saved_layout_cell;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
Because we defer actually resizing applications (calling TIOCSWINSZ) until the end of the server loop, tmux may have gone through several internal resizes in between. This can be a problem if the final size is the same as the initial size (what the application things it currently is), because the application may choose not to redraw, assuming the screen state is unchanged, when in fact tmux has thrown away parts of the screen, assuming the application will redraw them. To avoid this, do an extra resize if the new size is the same size as the initial size. This should force the application to redraw when tmux needs it to, while retaining the benefits of deferring (so we now resize at most two times instead of at most one - and only two very rarely). Fixes a problem with break-pane and zoomed panes reported by Michal Mazurek.
2017-05-31 10:15:51 +00:00
u_int osx;
u_int osy;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int xoff;
u_int yoff;
int flags;
Get rid of the PANE_HIDDEN flag in favour of a function, and moving the decision for whether or not a pane should be drawn out of the layout code and into the redraw code. This is needed for the new layout design, getting it in now to make that easier to work on.
2009-07-14 07:23:36 +00:00
#define PANE_REDRAW 0x1
Add a simple form of output rate limiting by counting the number of certain C0 sequences (linefeeds, backspaces, carriage returns) and if it exceeds a threshold (current default 50/millisecond), start to redraw the pane every 100 milliseconds instead of making each change as it comes. Two configuration options - c0-change-trigger and c0-change-interval. This makes tmux much more responsive under very fast output (for example yes(1) or accidentally cat'ing a large file) but may not be perfect on all terminals and connections - feedback very welcome, particularly where this change has a negative rather than positive effect (making it off by default is a possibility). After much experimentation based originally on a request Robin Lee Powell (which ended with a completely different solution), this idea from discussion with Ailin Nemui.
2012-03-20 11:01:00 +00:00
#define PANE_DROP 0x2
Handle focus events from the terminal, from Aaron Jensen.
2013-03-24 09:28:59 +00:00
#define PANE_FOCUSED 0x4
#define PANE_RESIZE 0x8
Some applications like vi(1) and tmux until 10 minutes or so ago, do not redraw on SIGWINCH if the size returns to the original size between the original SIGWINCH and when they get around to calling TIOCGWINSZ. So use the existing resize timer to introduce a small delay between the two resizes.
2017-05-31 11:00:00 +00:00
#define PANE_RESIZEFORCE 0x10
#define PANE_FOCUSPUSH 0x20
#define PANE_INPUTOFF 0x40
#define PANE_CHANGED 0x80
Change previous to not wait for both process exit and pty close - instead if there is a pipe-pane active, do not exit until all data is read (including any libevent hasn't seen yet). Fixes problem reported by Theo Buehler and still seems to solve the original issue.
2017-07-03 12:38:50 +00:00
#define PANE_EXITED 0x100
Show exit status and time in the remain-on-exit pane text, mostly from Timo Boettcher in GitHub issue 1103.
2017-10-12 11:32:27 +00:00
#define PANE_STATUSREADY 0x200
#define PANE_STATUSDRAWN 0x400
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 08:08:32 +00:00
int argc;
char **argv;
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty. The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first. Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
2009-09-01 13:09:49 +00:00
char *shell;
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
2015-10-31 08:13:58 +00:00
const char *cwd;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
pid_t pid;
char tty[TTY_NAME_MAX];
Add pane_dead_status for exit status of dead panes.
2014-12-09 19:23:35 +00:00
int status;
Initial changes to move tmux to libevent. This moves the client-side loops are pretty much fully over to event-based only (tmux.c and client.c) but server-side (server.c and friends) treats libevent as a sort of clever poll, waking up after every event to run various things. Moving the server stuff over to bufferevents and timers and so on will come later.
2009-11-04 20:50:11 +00:00
int fd;
Convert the window pane (pty master side) fd over to use a bufferevent. The evbuffer API is very similar to the existing tmux buffer API so this was remarkably painless. Not many possible ways to do it, I suppose.
2009-11-04 22:43:11 +00:00
struct bufferevent *event;
Allow multiple modes to be open in a pane. A stack of open modes is kept and the previous restored when the top is exited. If a mode that is already on the stack is entered, the existing instance is moved to the top as the active mode rather than being opened new.
2019-03-12 11:16:49 +00:00
u_int disabled;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Rate limit TIOCSWINSZ on a timer to avoid programs getting hammered with SIGWINCH when the size changes rapidly. To help a problem reported by Rui Pinheiro.
2016-09-28 08:30:44 +00:00
struct event resize_timer;
Move input parser structs into input.c (removing fairly useless saved_cursor_[xy] formats as a side-effect).
2015-05-08 16:18:04 +00:00
struct input_ctx *ictx;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Support setting the default window and pane background colours (window and active pane via window-style and window-active-style options, an individual pane by a new select-pane -P flag). From J Raynor.
2015-04-19 21:05:27 +00:00
struct grid_cell colgc;
Add support for the OSC 4 and OSC 104 palette setting escape sequences, from S Gilles.
2017-01-07 15:28:13 +00:00
int *palette;
Add a pipe-pane command to allow a pane to be piped to a shell command, for example: pipe-pane 'cat >~/out' No arguments stops outputing and closes the pipe; the -o flag toggles a pipe and on and off (useful for key bindings). Suggested by espie@.
2009-10-11 10:04:27 +00:00
int pipe_fd;
Switch window pane pipe redirect fd over to a bufferevent.
2009-11-04 22:02:38 +00:00
struct bufferevent *pipe_event;
Add a pipe-pane command to allow a pane to be piped to a shell command, for example: pipe-pane 'cat >~/out' No arguments stops outputing and closes the pipe; the -o flag toggles a pipe and on and off (useful for key bindings). Suggested by espie@.
2009-10-11 10:04:27 +00:00
size_t pipe_off;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct screen *screen;
struct screen base;
Add option to include status text in the pane borders. If pane-border-status is set to "top" or "bottom" (rather than "off"), every pane has a permanent top or bottom border containing the text from pane-border-format. Based on a diff sent long ago by Jonathan Slenders, mostly rewritten and simplified by me.
2016-04-29 15:00:48 +00:00
struct screen status_screen;
size_t status_size;
Support "alternate screen" mode (terminfo smcup/rmcup) typically used by full screen interactive programs to preserve the screen contents. When activated, it saves a copy of the visible grid and disables scrolling into and resizing out of the history; when deactivated the visible data is restored and the history reenabled.
2009-07-13 10:43:52 +00:00
/* Saved in alternative screen mode. */
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
u_int saved_cx;
u_int saved_cy;
Support "alternate screen" mode (terminfo smcup/rmcup) typically used by full screen interactive programs to preserve the screen contents. When activated, it saves a copy of the visible grid and disables scrolling into and resizing out of the history; when deactivated the visible data is restored and the history reenabled.
2009-07-13 10:43:52 +00:00
struct grid *saved_grid;
Using the alternative screen (smcup/rmcup) should also preserve the current colours and attributes. Found thanks to a report from Taylor Venable. While here also nuke a couple of extra blank lines.
2009-08-07 00:12:13 +00:00
struct grid_cell saved_cell;
Support "alternate screen" mode (terminfo smcup/rmcup) typically used by full screen interactive programs to preserve the screen contents. When activated, it saves a copy of the visible grid and disables scrolling into and resizing out of the history; when deactivated the visible data is restored and the history reenabled.
2009-07-13 10:43:52 +00:00
Allow multiple modes to be open in a pane. A stack of open modes is kept and the previous restored when the top is exited. If a mode that is already on the stack is entered, the existing instance is moved to the top as the active mode rather than being opened new.
2019-03-12 11:16:49 +00:00
TAILQ_HEAD (, window_mode_entry) modes;
Copy mode needs to keep the original grid intact so it can copy from it if needed, so it disables reading from the pane. This can be problem with some programs. So make tmux automatically exit all modes after 180 seconds of inactivity and if there is pending output.
2016-06-15 09:13:46 +00:00
struct event modetimer;
time_t modelast;
ECH needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 10:50:11 +00:00
char *searchstr;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(window_pane) entry;
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(window_pane) tree_entry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
TAILQ_HEAD(window_panes, window_pane);
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
RB_HEAD(window_pane_tree, window_pane);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Window structure. */
struct window {
Give each window a unique id, like panes but prefixed with @. Based on work from George Nachman.
2012-01-30 09:39:34 +00:00
u_int id;
Better take on reducing the name timer. Again check for name changes in the main loop after events that may have changed the pane, but do so at most once every 500 millis. If the pane changed too soon, use a timer to ensure that a check happens later.
2015-08-29 00:29:15 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
char *name;
Better take on reducing the name timer. Again check for name changes in the main loop after events that may have changed the pane, but do so at most once every 500 millis. If the pane changed too soon, use a timer to ensure that a check happens later.
2015-08-29 00:29:15 +00:00
struct event name_event;
struct timeval name_time;
Move alerts onto events rather than checking every loop.
2015-08-29 08:30:54 +00:00
struct event alerts_timer;
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
struct event offset_timer;
Move alerts onto events rather than checking every loop.
2015-08-29 08:30:54 +00:00
Add window_activity format, from Thomas Adam based on a diff originally from propos6 at gmail dot com.
2015-06-15 10:58:01 +00:00
struct timeval activity_time;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct window_pane *active;
Add a last-pane command (bound to ; by default). Requested ages ago by somebody whose name I have forgotten.
2010-10-23 13:04:34 +00:00
struct window_pane *last;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct window_panes panes;
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
If select-layout is not given an argument, repply the last layout used in the window, if any.
2009-07-28 06:48:44 +00:00
int lastlayout;
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
struct layout_cell *layout_root;
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
struct layout_cell *saved_layout_root;
Add select-layout -o to undo the last layout change (apply the previously set layout).
2015-04-28 10:43:13 +00:00
char *old_layout;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
int flags;
#define WINDOW_BELL 0x1
There is somewhere that WINDOW_HIDDEN is getting set when it shouldn't be and I can't find it, but the flag itself is a useless optimisation that only applies to automatic-resize windows, so just dispose of it entirely. Fixes problems reported by Nicholas Riley.
2010-11-22 21:13:13 +00:00
#define WINDOW_ACTIVITY 0x2
Minor tidying.
2018-08-02 11:18:34 +00:00
#define WINDOW_SILENCE 0x4
#define WINDOW_ZOOMED 0x8
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
#define WINDOW_STYLECHANGED 0x10
Remove CMD_SENDENVIRON.
2013-10-10 12:09:34 +00:00
#define WINDOW_ALERTFLAGS (WINDOW_BELL|WINDOW_ACTIVITY|WINDOW_SILENCE)
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Alerts are too slow, so rather than walking all sessions and windows, add a link of winlinks to each window and a pointer to the session to each winlink. Also rewrite the alerts processing to return to the old behaviour (alert in any window sets the flag on any winlink).
2016-10-19 09:22:07 +00:00
int alerts_queued;
TAILQ_ENTRY(window) alerts_entry;
Move struct options into options.c.
2015-10-27 15:58:42 +00:00
struct options *options;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Cache the window styles and do not look up the window-style options unless they have changed.
2016-05-30 09:50:20 +00:00
struct grid_cell style;
struct grid_cell active_style;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int references;
Alerts are too slow, so rather than walking all sessions and windows, add a link of winlinks to each window and a pointer to the session to each winlink. Also rewrite the alerts processing to return to the old behaviour (alert in any window sets the flag on any winlink).
2016-10-19 09:22:07 +00:00
TAILQ_HEAD(, winlink) winlinks;
Change the windows array into an RB tree and fix some places where we were only looking at the first winlink for a window in a session.
2015-04-22 15:30:11 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(window) entry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Change the windows array into an RB tree and fix some places where we were only looking at the first winlink for a window in a session.
2015-04-22 15:30:11 +00:00
RB_HEAD(windows, window);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Entry on local window list. */
struct winlink {
int idx;
Alerts are too slow, so rather than walking all sessions and windows, add a link of winlinks to each window and a pointer to the session to each winlink. Also rewrite the alerts processing to return to the old behaviour (alert in any window sets the flag on any winlink).
2016-10-19 09:22:07 +00:00
struct session *session;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct window *window;
Change status line drawing to create the window list in a separate screen and then copy it into the status line screen. This allows UTF-8 in window names and fixes some problems with #[] in window-status-format.
2009-11-19 19:47:28 +00:00
size_t status_width;
struct grid_cell status_cell;
char *status_text;
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
int flags;
Having a list of winlinks->alerts for each session is stupid, just store the alert flags directly in the winlink itself.
2010-06-21 01:27:46 +00:00
#define WINLINK_BELL 0x1
#define WINLINK_ACTIVITY 0x2
Remove the monitor-content option and associated bits and bobs. It's never worked very well. If there is a big demand for it to return, will consider better ways to do it.
2014-04-17 07:36:45 +00:00
#define WINLINK_SILENCE 0x4
#define WINLINK_ALERTFLAGS (WINLINK_BELL|WINLINK_ACTIVITY|WINLINK_SILENCE)
Having a list of winlinks->alerts for each session is stupid, just store the alert flags directly in the winlink itself.
2010-06-21 01:27:46 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(winlink) entry;
Alerts are too slow, so rather than walking all sessions and windows, add a link of winlinks to each window and a pointer to the session to each winlink. Also rewrite the alerts processing to return to the old behaviour (alert in any window sets the flag on any winlink).
2016-10-19 09:22:07 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(winlink) wentry;
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(winlink) sentry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
RB_HEAD(winlinks, winlink);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
TAILQ_HEAD(winlink_stack, winlink);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
/* Window size option. */
#define WINDOW_SIZE_LARGEST 0
#define WINDOW_SIZE_SMALLEST 1
#define WINDOW_SIZE_MANUAL 2
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
/* Layout direction. */
enum layout_type {
LAYOUT_LEFTRIGHT,
LAYOUT_TOPBOTTOM,
LAYOUT_WINDOWPANE
};
/* Layout cells queue. */
TAILQ_HEAD(layout_cells, layout_cell);
/* Layout cell. */
struct layout_cell {
enum layout_type type;
struct layout_cell *parent;
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
u_int xoff;
u_int yoff;
struct window_pane *wp;
struct layout_cells cells;
TAILQ_ENTRY(layout_cell) entry;
};
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
/* Environment variable. */
struct environ_entry {
char *name;
char *value;
RB_ENTRY(environ_entry) entry;
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* Client session. */
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
struct session_group {
Instead of numbering session groups, give them a name which may be given to -t instead of a target session. Also allow them to contain only one session.
2017-02-09 15:04:53 +00:00
const char *name;
TAILQ_HEAD(, session) sessions;
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
Instead of numbering session groups, give them a name which may be given to -t instead of a target session. Also allow them to contain only one session.
2017-02-09 15:04:53 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(session_group) entry;
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
};
Instead of numbering session groups, give them a name which may be given to -t instead of a target session. Also allow them to contain only one session.
2017-02-09 15:04:53 +00:00
RB_HEAD(session_groups, session_group);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct session {
Rename session idx to session id throughout and add $ prefix to targets to use it, extended from a diff from George Nachman.
2013-03-25 10:11:45 +00:00
u_int id;
Store sessions in an RB tree by name rather than a list, this is tidier and allows them to easily be shown sorted in various lists (list-sessions/choose-sessions). Keep a session index which is used in a couple of places internally but make it an ever-increasing number rather than filling in gaps with new sessions.
2010-12-21 22:37:59 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
char *name;
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
2015-10-31 08:13:58 +00:00
const char *cwd;
Change session and client activity and creation time members to have more meaningful names. Also, remove the code to try and update the session activity time for the command client when a command message is received as is pointless because it des not have a session.
2009-11-03 20:29:47 +00:00
struct timeval creation_time;
Add session_last_attached time and format, from Sina Siadat.
2015-09-10 08:58:14 +00:00
struct timeval last_attached_time;
Change session and client activity and creation time members to have more meaningful names. Also, remove the code to try and update the session activity time for the command client when a command message is received as is pointless because it des not have a session.
2009-11-03 20:29:47 +00:00
struct timeval activity_time;
If timing between keys is less than (by default) 1 millisecond, assume the text is being pasted. assume-paste-time option changes the value (0 disables). Based on a diff from Marcin Kulik.
2013-01-15 22:55:29 +00:00
struct timeval last_activity_time;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Per-session timers for locking, and remove the global one-second timer.
2015-08-28 13:12:20 +00:00
struct event lock_timer;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct winlink *curw;
struct winlink_stack lastw;
struct winlinks windows;
Cache status line position to reduce option lookups during output.
2017-02-03 21:01:02 +00:00
int statusat;
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
struct hooks *hooks;
Move struct options into options.c.
2015-10-27 15:58:42 +00:00
struct options *options;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
SESSION_UNATTACHED flag is no longer necessary now we have an attached count instead.
2018-08-18 20:08:52 +00:00
#define SESSION_PASTING 0x1
#define SESSION_ALERTED 0x2
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int flags;
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
u_int attached;
Make session_attached a count and add session_many_attached flag.
2014-03-31 21:37:55 +00:00
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
2009-09-16 12:35:04 +00:00
struct termios *tio;
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
2009-08-13 19:03:59 +00:00
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct environ *environ;
Reference count clients and sessions rather than relying on a saved index for cmd-choose-*.
2009-09-07 21:01:50 +00:00
int references;
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(session) gentry;
Store sessions in an RB tree by name rather than a list, this is tidier and allows them to easily be shown sorted in various lists (list-sessions/choose-sessions). Keep a session index which is used in a couple of places internally but make it an ever-increasing number rather than filling in gaps with new sessions.
2010-12-21 22:37:59 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(session) entry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Store sessions in an RB tree by name rather than a list, this is tidier and allows them to easily be shown sorted in various lists (list-sessions/choose-sessions). Keep a session index which is used in a couple of places internally but make it an ever-increasing number rather than filling in gaps with new sessions.
2010-12-21 22:37:59 +00:00
RB_HEAD(sessions, session);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add names for mouse button bits rather than using magic numbers, from Marcel Partap.
2014-03-31 21:40:21 +00:00
/* Mouse button masks. */
#define MOUSE_MASK_BUTTONS 3
#define MOUSE_MASK_SHIFT 4
#define MOUSE_MASK_META 8
#define MOUSE_MASK_CTRL 16
#define MOUSE_MASK_DRAG 32
#define MOUSE_MASK_WHEEL 64
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
/* Mouse wheel states. */
#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP 0
Do not move the cursor when the mouse wheel is used, GitHub issue 1493.
2018-10-03 15:27:55 +00:00
#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN 1
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Mouse helpers. */
#define MOUSE_BUTTONS(b) ((b) & MOUSE_MASK_BUTTONS)
#define MOUSE_WHEEL(b) ((b) & MOUSE_MASK_WHEEL)
#define MOUSE_DRAG(b) ((b) & MOUSE_MASK_DRAG)
#define MOUSE_RELEASE(b) (((b) & MOUSE_MASK_BUTTONS) == 3)
Instead of forcing mouse scroll to 1 in choose mode, scale it down instead. Means modifier keys still increase the line count, just not as much. Based on a diff from Marcel Partap.
2014-05-08 07:54:47 +00:00
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
/* Mouse input. */
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
struct mouse_event {
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
int valid;
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
key_code key;
int statusat;
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
u_int x;
u_int y;
u_int b;
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
u_int lx;
u_int ly;
u_int lb;
Support the latest theory for mouse input, this is enabled/disabled with SM/RM 1006 and is similar in style to SGR input: \033[<b;x;yM or \033[b;x;ym. From Egmont Koblinger.
2013-03-22 10:33:50 +00:00
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
u_int ox;
u_int oy;
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
int s;
int w;
int wp;
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
u_int sgr_type;
u_int sgr_b;
Make mouse event structure clearer by defining events (up, click, drag) and simplifying how buttons and wheels are represented, from Ailin Nemui. Should be no functional changes.
2012-10-26 14:35:42 +00:00
};
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
/* TTY information. */
struct tty_key {
char ch;
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
key_code key;
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
struct tty_key *left;
struct tty_key *right;
struct tty_key *next;
};
Tidy up the way terminals are described and move some structs out of tmux.h.
2015-07-28 15:18:10 +00:00
struct tty_code;
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
struct tty_term {
char *name;
u_int references;
char acs[UCHAR_MAX + 1][2];
Tidy up the way terminals are described and move some structs out of tmux.h.
2015-07-28 15:18:10 +00:00
struct tty_code *codes;
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
#define TERM_256COLOURS 0x1
#define TERM_EARLYWRAP 0x2
int flags;
LIST_ENTRY(tty_term) entry;
};
LIST_HEAD(tty_terms, tty_term);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct tty {
Store client in tty struct directly instead of using a callback function pointer.
2012-05-22 14:32:28 +00:00
struct client *client;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int cx;
u_int cy;
Support DECSCUSR sequence to set the cursor style with two new terminfo(5) extensions, Cs and Csr. Written by Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:17:39 +00:00
u_int cstyle;
Support xterm(1) cursor colour change sequences through terminfo(5) Cc (set) and Cr (reset) extensions. Originally by Sean Estabrooks, tweaked by me and Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:03:58 +00:00
char *ccolour;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
int oflag;
u_int oox;
u_int ooy;
u_int osx;
u_int osy;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int mode;
u_int rlower;
u_int rupper;
Initial attempt to make use of left and right margins if the terminal supports them (that is, if it advertises itself as a VT420 - probably just xterm). These are the vertical equivalent of the scroll region and allow much faster scrolling of panes that do not take up the full width of the terminal.
2016-11-15 14:02:32 +00:00
u_int rleft;
u_int rright;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int fd;
Don't use a bufferevent for the tty, so we can keep better track of what is being written and when. Also a manpage typo fix from jmc@.
2017-02-10 12:59:18 +00:00
struct event event_in;
struct evbuffer *in;
struct event event_out;
struct evbuffer *out;
When the data we have buffered to write to a terminal grows beyond a reasonable amount (currently width * height * 8 bytes), discard all output to the terminal and start trying to redraw periodically instead. Continue with this until the amount of data we are trying to write falls to a low level again. This helps to prevent tmux sitting on a huge buffer of data when there are processes with fast output running inside tmux but the outside terminal is slow. A new client_discarded format holds the amount of data that has been discarded due to this mechanism. The three variables (when to start this, when to stop, and how often to redraw) are basically "works for me" at the moment, this is going in to see how it goes and if it causes problems for anyone else.
2017-04-19 06:52:27 +00:00
struct event timer;
size_t discarded;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
struct termios tio;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct grid_cell cell;
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
int last_wp;
Do not go through the whole attributes setting process if the new cell is the same as the previous one.
2017-02-06 19:45:23 +00:00
struct grid_cell last_cell;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define TTY_NOCURSOR 0x1
#define TTY_FREEZE 0x2
Instead of loads of little screen_write_*_on and off functions which just change mode flags, just have screen_write_mode_set and screen_write_mode_clear.
2013-03-21 18:47:56 +00:00
#define TTY_TIMER 0x4
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define TTY_UTF8 0x8
Drop the no_stop argument to tty_close and tty_free in favour of a flag in the tty struct.
2009-08-11 19:32:25 +00:00
#define TTY_STARTED 0x10
Add a TTY_OPENED flag and tidy a little.
2009-08-11 20:29:04 +00:00
#define TTY_OPENED 0x20
Focus events can cause trouble if left on and they can't be turned off during idle periods (like the other states are) because we'd miss events. So add a server option to control them. Defaults to off.
2013-06-23 13:10:46 +00:00
#define TTY_FOCUS 0x40
When the data we have buffered to write to a terminal grows beyond a reasonable amount (currently width * height * 8 bytes), discard all output to the terminal and start trying to redraw periodically instead. Continue with this until the amount of data we are trying to write falls to a low level again. This helps to prevent tmux sitting on a huge buffer of data when there are processes with fast output running inside tmux but the outside terminal is slow. A new client_discarded format holds the amount of data that has been discarded due to this mechanism. The three variables (when to start this, when to stop, and how often to redraw) are basically "works for me" at the moment, this is going in to see how it goes and if it causes problems for anyone else.
2017-04-19 06:52:27 +00:00
#define TTY_BLOCK 0x80
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
int flags;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a format for terminal type.
2017-01-11 16:09:57 +00:00
struct tty_term *term;
char *term_name;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int term_flags;
Initial attempt to make use of left and right margins if the terminal supports them (that is, if it advertises itself as a VT420 - probably just xterm). These are the vertical equivalent of the scroll region and allow much faster scrolling of panes that do not take up the full width of the terminal.
2016-11-15 14:02:32 +00:00
enum {
TTY_VT100,
TTY_VT101,
TTY_VT102,
TTY_VT220,
TTY_VT320,
TTY_VT420,
TTY_UNKNOWN
} term_type;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Store client in tty struct directly instead of using a callback function pointer.
2012-05-22 14:32:28 +00:00
struct mouse_event mouse;
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
int mouse_drag_flag;
void (*mouse_drag_update)(struct client *,
struct mouse_event *);
void (*mouse_drag_release)(struct client *,
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
struct mouse_event *);
Store client in tty struct directly instead of using a callback function pointer.
2012-05-22 14:32:28 +00:00
Switch tty key input over to happen on a read event. This is a bit more complicated because of escape input, but in that case instead of processing a key immediately, schedule a timer and reprocess the bufer when it expires. This currently assumes that keys will be atomic (ie that if eg F1 is pressed the entire sequence is present in the buffer). This is usually but not always true, a change in the tree format so it can differentiate potential (partial) key sequences will happens soon and will allow this to be fixed.
2009-11-05 08:45:08 +00:00
struct event key_timer;
Switch the tty key tree over to an (unbalanced) ternary tree which allows partial matches to be done (they wait for further data or a timer to expire, like a naked escape). Mouse and xterm-style keys still expect to be atomic.
2009-11-05 19:29:41 +00:00
struct tty_key *key_tree;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Use a macro for looking up tty types.
2017-01-11 16:05:46 +00:00
#define TTY_TYPES \
Revert use of DECSLRM on iTerm2, it doesn't help as much as we throught, and there are some question marks about it's support.
2017-04-18 21:41:42 +00:00
{ "VT100", "VT101", "VT102", "VT220", "VT320", "VT420", "Unknown" }
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Only assume pasting with at least two characters, reduces problems for people who can type ^B c very fast, or who are using tmux inside something else that buffers.
2015-11-19 22:46:46 +00:00
/* TTY command context. */
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
struct tty_ctx {
Another helper function to write to terminal and log.
2017-02-08 23:53:03 +00:00
struct window_pane *wp;
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
Another helper function to write to terminal and log.
2017-02-08 23:53:03 +00:00
const struct grid_cell *cell;
Make full width panes try to play more nicely with terminal copy and paste by avoiding explicit line wraps if we think the terminal will wrap anyway.
2017-04-25 18:30:29 +00:00
int wrapped;
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
More tty code tidying: move the saved cursor/region position (from before the screen was updated) out of struct screen and into struct tty_ctx.
2009-07-22 20:53:38 +00:00
u_int num;
Allow keys to be replaced and reorder the table so that terminfo-defined keys (or terminal-overrides) take precedence over internally defined.
2009-12-17 17:39:56 +00:00
void *ptr;
More tty code tidying: move the saved cursor/region position (from before the screen was updated) out of struct screen and into struct tty_ctx.
2009-07-22 20:53:38 +00:00
Allow keys to be replaced and reorder the table so that terminfo-defined keys (or terminal-overrides) take precedence over internally defined.
2009-12-17 17:39:56 +00:00
/*
More tty code tidying: move the saved cursor/region position (from before the screen was updated) out of struct screen and into struct tty_ctx.
2009-07-22 20:53:38 +00:00
* Cursor and region position before the screen was updated - this is
* where the command should be applied; the values in the screen have
* already been updated.
*/
u_int ocx;
u_int ocy;
u_int orupper;
u_int orlower;
Instead of having a complicated check to see if the cursor is in the last position to avoid an explicit wrap, actually move it there. Some UTF-8 fixes to come.
2009-10-17 08:24:46 +00:00
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
/* Pane offset. */
Add an option to move the status line to the top of the screen, requested by many.
2012-01-29 09:37:02 +00:00
u_int xoff;
u_int yoff;
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
/* The background colour used for clearing (erasing). */
u_int bg;
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
/* Window offset and size. */
int bigger;
u_int ox;
u_int oy;
u_int sx;
u_int sy;
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
};
Add a per-client log of status line messages displayed while that client exists. A new message-limit session option sets the maximum number of entries and a command, show-messages, shows the log (bound to ~ by default). This (and prompt history) might be better as a single global log but until there are global options it is easier for them to be per client.
2009-11-18 13:16:33 +00:00
/* Saved message entry. */
struct message_entry {
mode_key_entry can go into mode-key.c; also a few spaces->tabs.
2015-05-08 16:33:29 +00:00
char *msg;
u_int msg_num;
time_t msg_time;
Make message log a TAILQ.
2015-04-25 18:33:59 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(message_entry) entry;
Add a per-client log of status line messages displayed while that client exists. A new message-limit session option sets the maximum number of entries and a command, show-messages, shows the log (bound to ~ by default). This (and prompt history) might be better as a single global log but until there are global options it is easier for them to be per client.
2009-11-18 13:16:33 +00:00
};
Instead of eating 1024 bytes or so for the arguments of each command, save memory by using an RB tree. From Tiago Cunha.
2013-05-31 12:19:34 +00:00
/* Parsed arguments structures. */
struct args_entry can go into arguments.c.
2015-08-29 23:19:52 +00:00
struct args_entry;
Instead of eating 1024 bytes or so for the arguments of each command, save memory by using an RB tree. From Tiago Cunha.
2013-05-31 12:19:34 +00:00
RB_HEAD(args_tree, args_entry);
struct args {
struct args_tree tree;
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
int argc;
char **argv;
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
};
Use struct cmd_find_state directly and remove cmd_state_flag, also change so that winlink is set even if an index is too.
2015-12-13 17:55:14 +00:00
/* Command find structures. */
enum cmd_find_type {
CMD_FIND_PANE,
CMD_FIND_WINDOW,
CMD_FIND_SESSION,
};
struct cmd_find_state {
int flags;
struct cmd_find_state *current;
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting. This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements. The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-13 14:32:38 +00:00
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
struct session *s;
struct winlink *wl;
Use struct cmd_find_state directly and remove cmd_state_flag, also change so that winlink is set even if an index is too.
2015-12-13 17:55:14 +00:00
struct window *w;
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
struct window_pane *wp;
Use struct cmd_find_state directly and remove cmd_state_flag, also change so that winlink is set even if an index is too.
2015-12-13 17:55:14 +00:00
int idx;
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting. This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements. The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-13 14:32:38 +00:00
};
Use struct cmd_find_state directly and remove cmd_state_flag, also change so that winlink is set even if an index is too.
2015-12-13 17:55:14 +00:00
/* Command find flags. */
#define CMD_FIND_PREFER_UNATTACHED 0x1
#define CMD_FIND_QUIET 0x2
#define CMD_FIND_WINDOW_INDEX 0x4
#define CMD_FIND_DEFAULT_MARKED 0x8
#define CMD_FIND_EXACT_SESSION 0x10
#define CMD_FIND_EXACT_WINDOW 0x20
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
#define CMD_FIND_CANFAIL 0x40
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting. This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements. The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-13 14:32:38 +00:00
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
/* Command and list of commands. */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct cmd {
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
const struct cmd_entry *entry;
struct args *args;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
char *file;
u_int line;
Focus events can cause trouble if left on and they can't be turned off during idle periods (like the other states are) because we'd miss events. So add a server option to control them. Defaults to off.
2013-06-23 13:10:46 +00:00
#define CMD_CONTROL 0x1
int flags;
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(cmd) qentry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
mode_key_entry can go into mode-key.c; also a few spaces->tabs.
2015-05-08 16:33:29 +00:00
Setting the cmdlist pointer in the bind-key to NULL to prevent it being freed after the command is executing is bogus because it may still be needed if the same command is going to be executed again (for example if you "bind-key a bind-key b ..."). Making a copy is hard, so instead add a reference count to the cmd_list. While here, also print bind-key -n and the rest of the flags properly. Fixes problem reported by mcbride@.
2010-06-26 18:20:53 +00:00
struct cmd_list {
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
int references;
TAILQ_HEAD(, cmd) list;
Setting the cmdlist pointer in the bind-key to NULL to prevent it being freed after the command is executing is bogus because it may still be needed if the same command is going to be executed again (for example if you "bind-key a bind-key b ..."). Making a copy is hard, so instead add a reference count to the cmd_list. While here, also print bind-key -n and the rest of the flags properly. Fixes problem reported by mcbride@.
2010-06-26 18:20:53 +00:00
};
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
/* Command return values. */
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
2012-07-11 07:10:15 +00:00
enum cmd_retval {
CMD_RETURN_ERROR = -1,
CMD_RETURN_NORMAL = 0,
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
CMD_RETURN_WAIT,
CMD_RETURN_STOP
};
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
/* Command queue item type. */
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
enum cmdq_type {
CMDQ_COMMAND,
CMDQ_CALLBACK,
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
};
Store state shared between multiple commands in the queue in a shared structure.
2017-04-21 14:01:19 +00:00
/* Command queue item shared state. */
struct cmdq_shared {
int references;
int flags;
#define CMDQ_SHARED_REPEAT 0x1
struct format_tree *formats;
struct mouse_event mouse;
struct cmd_find_state current;
};
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
/* Command queue item. */
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
typedef enum cmd_retval (*cmdq_cb) (struct cmdq_item *, void *);
struct cmdq_item {
Give each item on queue a name for better logging.
2016-10-18 08:46:43 +00:00
const char *name;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
struct cmdq_list *queue;
struct cmdq_item *next;
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
struct client *client;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
enum cmdq_type type;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
u_int group;
u_int number;
time_t time;
int flags;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
#define CMDQ_FIRED 0x1
#define CMDQ_WAITING 0x2
#define CMDQ_NOHOOKS 0x4
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
Store state shared between multiple commands in the queue in a shared structure.
2017-04-21 14:01:19 +00:00
struct cmdq_shared *shared;
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
struct cmd_find_state source;
struct cmd_find_state target;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
struct cmd_list *cmdlist;
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
struct cmd *cmd;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
cmdq_cb cb;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
void *data;
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(cmdq_item) entry;
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
2012-07-11 07:10:15 +00:00
};
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
TAILQ_HEAD(cmdq_list, cmdq_item);
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
2012-07-11 07:10:15 +00:00
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
/* Command definition flag. */
struct cmd_entry_flag {
char flag;
enum cmd_find_type type;
int flags;
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
2015-12-14 00:31:54 +00:00
};
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
/* Command definition. */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct cmd_entry {
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
2015-12-13 21:53:57 +00:00
const char *name;
const char *alias;
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
2015-12-13 21:53:57 +00:00
struct {
const char *template;
int lower;
int upper;
} args;
const char *usage;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
struct cmd_entry_flag source;
struct cmd_entry_flag target;
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
2015-12-14 00:31:54 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#define CMD_STARTSERVER 0x1
Move the nested check from client to server and compare the client tty name to all the pane pty names instead of comparing socket paths. This means that "new -d" will work without unsetting $TMUX.
2015-06-04 23:27:51 +00:00
#define CMD_READONLY 0x2
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it: - drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful; - commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target); - commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state. At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
2016-10-13 22:48:51 +00:00
#define CMD_AFTERHOOK 0x4
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
2015-12-14 00:31:54 +00:00
int flags;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
enum cmd_retval (*exec)(struct cmd *, struct cmdq_item *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Add struct status_line to hold status line members of struct client, not used yet but will be soon. From Thomas Adam.
2018-02-05 08:21:54 +00:00
/* Status line. */
struct status_line {
struct event timer;
Move offset of window list into status struct.
2018-08-20 20:41:58 +00:00
Add struct status_line to hold status line members of struct client, not used yet but will be soon. From Thomas Adam.
2018-02-05 08:21:54 +00:00
struct screen status;
struct screen *old_status;
Move offset of window list into status struct.
2018-08-20 20:41:58 +00:00
int window_list_offset;
Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse key modifiers for the left and right parts of the status line.
2018-08-22 20:06:14 +00:00
u_int left_size;
u_int right_size;
Add struct status_line to hold status line members of struct client, not used yet but will be soon. From Thomas Adam.
2018-02-05 08:21:54 +00:00
};
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
/* Client connection. */
Tidy command prompt callbacks and pass in the client.
2017-05-17 15:20:23 +00:00
typedef int (*prompt_input_cb)(struct client *, void *, const char *, int);
typedef void (*prompt_free_cb)(void *);
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
struct client {
Give each client a name. This defaults to the tty name as before but falls back to an alternative if the tty name is not available. This is clearer than overloading the client ttyname member and allows us to remove the path stored in the tty struct, it should always be the same as the client.
2017-04-05 10:49:46 +00:00
const char *name;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
struct tmuxpeer *peer;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
struct cmdq_list queue;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
pid_t pid;
int fd;
struct event event;
int retval;
struct timeval creation_time;
struct timeval activity_time;
struct environ *environ;
In order that people can use formats like #D in #() in the status line and not have to wait for an update when they change pane, we allow commands to run more than once a second if the expanded form changes. Unfortunately this can mean them being run far too often (pretty much continually) when multiple clients exist, because some formats (including #D) will always differ between clients. To avoid this, give each client its own tree of jobs which means that the same command will be different instances for each client - similar to how we have the tag to separate commands for different panes. GitHub issue 889; test case reported by Paul Johnson.
2017-05-01 12:20:55 +00:00
struct format_job_tree *jobs;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
char *title;
const char *cwd;
char *term;
char *ttyname;
struct tty tty;
When the data we have buffered to write to a terminal grows beyond a reasonable amount (currently width * height * 8 bytes), discard all output to the terminal and start trying to redraw periodically instead. Continue with this until the amount of data we are trying to write falls to a low level again. This helps to prevent tmux sitting on a huge buffer of data when there are processes with fast output running inside tmux but the outside terminal is slow. A new client_discarded format holds the amount of data that has been discarded due to this mechanism. The three variables (when to start this, when to stop, and how often to redraw) are basically "works for me" at the moment, this is going in to see how it goes and if it causes problems for anyone else.
2017-04-19 06:52:27 +00:00
size_t written;
size_t discarded;
If the current screen was complex enough, it was possible to make redraw itself hit the "terminal can't keep up" check. To avoid this, record how much data we send during redraw (we know we will be starting with 0) and skip the check until it has been flushed. GitHub issue 912.
2017-05-09 13:04:36 +00:00
size_t redraw;
When the data we have buffered to write to a terminal grows beyond a reasonable amount (currently width * height * 8 bytes), discard all output to the terminal and start trying to redraw periodically instead. Continue with this until the amount of data we are trying to write falls to a low level again. This helps to prevent tmux sitting on a huge buffer of data when there are processes with fast output running inside tmux but the outside terminal is slow. A new client_discarded format holds the amount of data that has been discarded due to this mechanism. The three variables (when to start this, when to stop, and how often to redraw) are basically "works for me" at the moment, this is going in to see how it goes and if it causes problems for anyone else.
2017-04-19 06:52:27 +00:00
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
void (*stdin_callback)(struct client *, int, void *);
void *stdin_callback_data;
struct evbuffer *stdin_data;
int stdin_closed;
struct evbuffer *stdout_data;
struct evbuffer *stderr_data;
struct event repeat_timer;
struct event click_timer;
u_int click_button;
Add struct status_line to hold status line members of struct client, not used yet but will be soon. From Thomas Adam.
2018-02-05 08:21:54 +00:00
struct status_line status;
Add a flag to stop the prompt input being expanded.
2017-05-29 20:42:53 +00:00
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
#define CLIENT_TERMINAL 0x1
#define CLIENT_LOGIN 0x2
#define CLIENT_EXIT 0x4
Add a client redraw-window flag instead of the redraw-all flag and for all just use the three flags together (window, borders, status).
2018-08-19 16:45:03 +00:00
#define CLIENT_REDRAWWINDOW 0x8
#define CLIENT_REDRAWSTATUS 0x10
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
#define CLIENT_REPEAT 0x20
#define CLIENT_SUSPENDED 0x40
#define CLIENT_ATTACHED 0x80
#define CLIENT_IDENTIFY 0x100
#define CLIENT_DEAD 0x200
Add a client redraw-window flag instead of the redraw-all flag and for all just use the three flags together (window, borders, status).
2018-08-19 16:45:03 +00:00
#define CLIENT_REDRAWBORDERS 0x400
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
#define CLIENT_READONLY 0x800
Add a suspend helper function, and do not allow detaching or suspending while already doing so.
2017-04-19 14:00:28 +00:00
#define CLIENT_DETACHING 0x1000
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
#define CLIENT_CONTROL 0x2000
#define CLIENT_CONTROLCONTROL 0x4000
#define CLIENT_FOCUSED 0x8000
#define CLIENT_UTF8 0x10000
#define CLIENT_256COLOURS 0x20000
#define CLIENT_IDENTIFIED 0x40000
#define CLIENT_STATUSFORCE 0x80000
#define CLIENT_DOUBLECLICK 0x100000
#define CLIENT_TRIPLECLICK 0x200000
Prevent control clients from affecting the session size until they have specified a size with refresh-client -C. Prompted by a different change with the same purpose from George Nachman.
2017-05-10 16:48:36 +00:00
#define CLIENT_SIZECHANGED 0x400000
Infrastructure for drawing status lines of more than one line in height, still only one is allowed but this lets tmux draw bigger ones.
2017-10-16 19:30:53 +00:00
#define CLIENT_STATUSOFF 0x800000
Add a flag to force redrawing of the status line even if the content hasn't changed, needed for resizing.
2018-08-19 20:13:07 +00:00
#define CLIENT_REDRAWSTATUSALWAYS 0x1000000
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
#define CLIENT_ALLREDRAWFLAGS \
(CLIENT_REDRAWWINDOW| \
CLIENT_REDRAWSTATUS| \
CLIENT_REDRAWSTATUSALWAYS| \
Add a flag to force redrawing of the status line even if the content hasn't changed, needed for resizing.
2018-08-19 20:13:07 +00:00
CLIENT_REDRAWBORDERS)
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
#define CLIENT_NOSIZEFLAGS \
(CLIENT_EXIT| \
CLIENT_DEAD| \
CLIENT_SUSPENDED| \
CLIENT_DETACHING)
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
int flags;
struct key_table *keytable;
struct event identify_timer;
Tidy command prompt callbacks and pass in the client.
2017-05-17 15:20:23 +00:00
void (*identify_callback)(struct client *,
struct window_pane *);
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
void *identify_callback_data;
Make display-panes block the client until a pane is chosen or it times out.
2018-08-02 07:55:16 +00:00
struct cmdq_item *identify_callback_item;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
char *message_string;
struct event message_timer;
u_int message_next;
TAILQ_HEAD(, message_entry) message_log;
char *prompt_string;
struct utf8_data *prompt_buffer;
size_t prompt_index;
Tidy command prompt callbacks and pass in the client.
2017-05-17 15:20:23 +00:00
prompt_input_cb prompt_inputcb;
prompt_free_cb prompt_freecb;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
void *prompt_data;
u_int prompt_hindex;
enum { PROMPT_ENTRY, PROMPT_COMMAND } prompt_mode;
Keep any text killed in the command prompt with C-w and yank it with C-y, only use the top buffer if no text has previously been killed. This and previous change promped by discussion with kn@.
2018-08-29 09:50:32 +00:00
struct utf8_data *prompt_saved;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
#define PROMPT_SINGLE 0x1
#define PROMPT_NUMERIC 0x2
Incremental search in copy mode (on for emacs keys by default) - much the same as normal searching but updates the cursor position and marked search terms as you type. C-r and C-s in the prompt repeat the search, once finished searching (with Enter), N and n work as before.
2017-01-06 11:57:03 +00:00
#define PROMPT_INCREMENTAL 0x4
Add a flag to stop the prompt input being expanded.
2017-05-29 20:42:53 +00:00
#define PROMPT_NOFORMAT 0x8
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
int prompt_flags;
struct session *session;
struct session *last_session;
int wlmouse;
int references;
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
void *pan_window;
u_int pan_ox;
u_int pan_oy;
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
TAILQ_ENTRY(client) entry;
};
TAILQ_HEAD(clients, client);
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
/* Key binding and key table. */
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct key_binding {
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
key_code key;
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
struct cmd_list *cmdlist;
Store state shared between multiple commands in the queue in a shared structure.
2017-04-21 14:01:19 +00:00
int flags;
#define KEY_BINDING_REPEAT 0x1
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
RB_ENTRY(key_binding) entry;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Use RB trees not SPLAY.
2012-01-21 11:12:13 +00:00
RB_HEAD(key_bindings, key_binding);
mode_key_entry can go into mode-key.c; also a few spaces->tabs.
2015-05-08 16:33:29 +00:00
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
struct key_table {
Minor tidying.
2018-08-02 11:18:34 +00:00
const char *name;
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
struct key_bindings key_bindings;
u_int references;
RB_ENTRY(key_table) entry;
};
RB_HEAD(key_tables, key_table);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
/* Option table entries. */
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
enum options_table_type {
OPTIONS_TABLE_STRING,
OPTIONS_TABLE_NUMBER,
Drop the ability to have a list of keys in the prefix in favour of two separate options, prefix and prefix2. This simplifies the code and gets rid the data options type which was only used for this one option. Also add a -2 flag to send-prefix to send the secondary prefix key, fixing a cause of minor irritation. People who want three prefix keys are out of luck :-).
2012-01-21 08:40:09 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_KEY,
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_COLOUR,
OPTIONS_TABLE_ATTRIBUTES,
OPTIONS_TABLE_FLAG,
Allow replacing each of the many sets of separate foo-{fg,bg,attr} options with a single foo-style option. For example: set -g status-fg yellow set -g status-bg red set -g status-attr blink Becomes: set -g status-style fg=yellow,bg=red,blink The -a flag to set can be used to add to rather than replace a style. So: set -g status-bg red Becomes: set -ag status-style bg=red Currently this is fully backwards compatible (all *-{fg,bg,attr} options remain) but the plan is to deprecate them over time. From Tiago Cunha.
2014-01-28 23:07:09 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_CHOICE,
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_STYLE,
OPTIONS_TABLE_ARRAY,
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
};
Minor tidying.
2018-08-02 11:18:34 +00:00
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
enum options_table_scope {
Don't allow options in table without scope set.
2015-11-24 09:34:55 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_NONE,
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
OPTIONS_TABLE_SERVER,
OPTIONS_TABLE_SESSION,
OPTIONS_TABLE_WINDOW,
};
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
struct options_table_entry {
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
const char *name;
enum options_table_type type;
enum options_table_scope scope;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
u_int minimum;
u_int maximum;
const char **choices;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
const char *default_str;
long long default_num;
Allow replacing each of the many sets of separate foo-{fg,bg,attr} options with a single foo-style option. For example: set -g status-fg yellow set -g status-bg red set -g status-attr blink Becomes: set -g status-style fg=yellow,bg=red,blink The -a flag to set can be used to add to rather than replace a style. So: set -g status-bg red Becomes: set -ag status-style bg=red Currently this is fully backwards compatible (all *-{fg,bg,attr} options remain) but the plan is to deprecate them over time. From Tiago Cunha.
2014-01-28 23:07:09 +00:00
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
const char *separator;
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
const char *style;
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
const char *pattern;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
};
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
/* Common command usages. */
#define CMD_TARGET_PANE_USAGE "[-t target-pane]"
#define CMD_TARGET_WINDOW_USAGE "[-t target-window]"
#define CMD_TARGET_SESSION_USAGE "[-t target-session]"
#define CMD_TARGET_CLIENT_USAGE "[-t target-client]"
#define CMD_SRCDST_PANE_USAGE "[-s src-pane] [-t dst-pane]"
#define CMD_SRCDST_WINDOW_USAGE "[-s src-window] [-t dst-window]"
#define CMD_SRCDST_SESSION_USAGE "[-s src-session] [-t dst-session]"
#define CMD_SRCDST_CLIENT_USAGE "[-s src-client] [-t dst-client]"
Add support for named buffers. If you don't name a buffer, things work much as before - buffers are automatically named "buffer0000", "buffer0001" and so on and ordered as a stack. Buffers can be named explicitly when creating ("loadb -b foo" etc) or renamed ("setb -b buffer0000 -n foo"). If buffers are named explicitly, they are not deleted when buffer-limit is reached. Diff from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 07:34:35 +00:00
#define CMD_BUFFER_USAGE "[-b buffer-name]"
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* tmux.c */
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
extern struct hooks *global_hooks;
extern struct options *global_options;
extern struct options *global_s_options;
extern struct options *global_w_options;
extern struct environ *global_environ;
Remove the -I part of show-messages which isn't really that useful; the server start time can now be accessed with a new start_time format (use: tmux display -p '#{t:start_time}')
2015-11-24 21:52:06 +00:00
extern struct timeval start_time;
Tidy the code that works out the socket path, and just use the full path in the global socket_path rather than copying it.
2015-11-24 22:27:22 +00:00
extern const char *socket_path;
Move signal code into proc.c.
2017-07-12 09:24:17 +00:00
extern const char *shell_command;
Open /dev/ptm before pledge() and save it to be used for PTMGET later (this means inlining forkpty()). ok deraadt
2017-01-23 10:09:43 +00:00
extern int ptm_fd;
Make shell_command a global like other stuff rather than making it an exception and using callback argument.
2017-07-12 09:21:25 +00:00
extern const char *shell_command;
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty. The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first. Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
2009-09-01 13:09:49 +00:00
int areshell(const char *);
Move all calls to fcntl(...O_NONBLOCK) into a function and clear the flag on the stdio file descriptors before closing them (fixes things like "tmux ls && cat").
2011-01-08 01:52:36 +00:00
void setblocking(int, int);
Do not use PWD unless it actually matches the real working directory.
2018-11-22 10:36:40 +00:00
const char *find_cwd(void);
Add an option (history-file) for a file to save/restore command prompt history, from Olof-Joachim Frahm.
2015-07-20 15:50:04 +00:00
const char *find_home(void);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Break the common process set up, event loop and imsg dispatch code between server and client out into a separate internal API. This will make it easier to add another process.
2015-10-27 13:23:24 +00:00
/* proc.c */
struct imsg;
int proc_send(struct tmuxpeer *, enum msgtype, int, const void *, size_t);
Move signal code into proc.c.
2017-07-12 09:24:17 +00:00
struct tmuxproc *proc_start(const char *);
Break the common process set up, event loop and imsg dispatch code between server and client out into a separate internal API. This will make it easier to add another process.
2015-10-27 13:23:24 +00:00
void proc_loop(struct tmuxproc *, int (*)(void));
void proc_exit(struct tmuxproc *);
Move signal code into proc.c.
2017-07-12 09:24:17 +00:00
void proc_set_signals(struct tmuxproc *, void(*)(int));
Because ignore SIGCHLD early, letting signal_del restore it doesn't work correctly, so set it explicitly back to default (and the others for good measure).
2017-07-14 18:49:07 +00:00
void proc_clear_signals(struct tmuxproc *, int);
Break the common process set up, event loop and imsg dispatch code between server and client out into a separate internal API. This will make it easier to add another process.
2015-10-27 13:23:24 +00:00
struct tmuxpeer *proc_add_peer(struct tmuxproc *, int,
void (*)(struct imsg *, void *), void *);
void proc_remove_peer(struct tmuxpeer *);
void proc_kill_peer(struct tmuxpeer *);
Support SIGUSR2 to stop and start logging for an existing server. Also we currently only have two log levels so just use -v and -vv rather than -v and -vvvv, and clarify the man page entry for -v.
2017-06-04 08:25:57 +00:00
void proc_toggle_log(struct tmuxproc *);
Break the common process set up, event loop and imsg dispatch code between server and client out into a separate internal API. This will make it easier to add another process.
2015-10-27 13:23:24 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* cfg.c */
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
extern int cfg_finished;
Use starting client cwd in config file, GitHub issue 1606.
2019-02-16 11:42:08 +00:00
extern struct client *cfg_client;
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
void start_cfg(void);
int load_cfg(const char *, struct client *, struct cmdq_item *, int);
void set_cfg_file(const char *);
A couple of missing printflike attributes, from Andrey Starodubtsev.
2016-01-15 11:31:47 +00:00
void printflike(1, 2) cfg_add_cause(const char *, ...);
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
void cfg_print_causes(struct cmdq_item *);
void cfg_show_causes(struct session *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Move struct paste_buffer out of tmux.h.
2015-08-29 09:25:00 +00:00
/* paste.c */
struct paste_buffer;
const char *paste_buffer_name(struct paste_buffer *);
Keep buffer creation time and add accessors for it and the order number.
2016-10-05 12:34:05 +00:00
u_int paste_buffer_order(struct paste_buffer *);
time_t paste_buffer_created(struct paste_buffer *);
Move struct paste_buffer out of tmux.h.
2015-08-29 09:25:00 +00:00
const char *paste_buffer_data(struct paste_buffer *, size_t *);
struct paste_buffer *paste_walk(struct paste_buffer *);
struct paste_buffer *paste_get_top(const char **);
struct paste_buffer *paste_get_name(const char *);
Merge delete-buffer into cmd-set-buffer.c and change the paste buffer API so it has one paste_free() rather than free_top and free_name (everywhere that uses it already has the right pointer).
2015-09-11 14:41:50 +00:00
void paste_free(struct paste_buffer *);
Move struct paste_buffer out of tmux.h.
2015-08-29 09:25:00 +00:00
void paste_add(char *, size_t);
int paste_rename(const char *, const char *, char **);
int paste_set(char *, size_t, const char *, char **);
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
char *paste_make_sample(struct paste_buffer *);
Move struct paste_buffer out of tmux.h.
2015-08-29 09:25:00 +00:00
Add initial framework for more powerful formatting of command output and use it for list-{panes,windows,sessions}. This allows more descriptive replacements (such as #{session_name}) and conditionals. Later this will be used for status_replace and list-keys and other places.
2011-08-26 10:53:16 +00:00
/* format.c */
Make refresh-client force update of jobs, from Sina Siadat.
2015-09-14 10:25:52 +00:00
#define FORMAT_STATUS 0x1
#define FORMAT_FORCE 0x2
Add simple comparisons in formats: #{==:a,b} and #{!=:a,b} ("a" and "b" are expanded so can compare formats). And expand the condition to #{?a,b,c} (the "a" part) if it doesn't work as a simple lookup. Also add FORMAT_NOJOBS flag to disable jobs in a format.
2017-01-09 21:03:25 +00:00
#define FORMAT_NOJOBS 0x4
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
2017-02-03 11:57:27 +00:00
#define FORMAT_NONE 0
#define FORMAT_PANE 0x80000000U
#define FORMAT_WINDOW 0x40000000U
Permit option values to be used in formats.
2014-12-02 23:19:45 +00:00
struct format_tree;
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
int format_true(const char *);
In order that people can use formats like #D in #() in the status line and not have to wait for an update when they change pane, we allow commands to run more than once a second if the expanded form changes. Unfortunately this can mean them being run far too often (pretty much continually) when multiple clients exist, because some formats (including #D) will always differ between clients. To avoid this, give each client its own tree of jobs which means that the same command will be different instances for each client - similar to how we have the tag to separate commands for different panes. GitHub issue 889; test case reported by Paul Johnson.
2017-05-01 12:20:55 +00:00
struct format_tree *format_create(struct client *, struct cmdq_item *, int,
int);
Add initial framework for more powerful formatting of command output and use it for list-{panes,windows,sessions}. This allows more descriptive replacements (such as #{session_name}) and conditionals. Later this will be used for status_replace and list-keys and other places.
2011-08-26 10:53:16 +00:00
void format_free(struct format_tree *);
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(3, 4) format_add(struct format_tree *, const char *,
const char *, ...);
Add format_expand_time and use it instead of status_replace where command execution is not needed.
2015-02-06 17:11:39 +00:00
char *format_expand_time(struct format_tree *, const char *, time_t);
Add initial framework for more powerful formatting of command output and use it for list-{panes,windows,sessions}. This allows more descriptive replacements (such as #{session_name}) and conditionals. Later this will be used for status_replace and list-keys and other places.
2011-08-26 10:53:16 +00:00
char *format_expand(struct format_tree *, const char *);
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
2017-03-08 13:36:12 +00:00
char *format_single(struct cmdq_item *, const char *,
struct client *, struct session *, struct winlink *,
struct window_pane *);
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
2015-02-05 10:29:43 +00:00
void format_defaults(struct format_tree *, struct client *,
struct session *, struct winlink *, struct window_pane *);
void format_defaults_window(struct format_tree *, struct window *);
void format_defaults_pane(struct format_tree *,
Remove CMD_SENDENVIRON.
2013-10-10 12:09:34 +00:00
struct window_pane *);
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
2015-02-05 10:29:43 +00:00
void format_defaults_paste_buffer(struct format_tree *,
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
struct paste_buffer *);
In order that people can use formats like #D in #() in the status line and not have to wait for an update when they change pane, we allow commands to run more than once a second if the expanded form changes. Unfortunately this can mean them being run far too often (pretty much continually) when multiple clients exist, because some formats (including #D) will always differ between clients. To avoid this, give each client its own tree of jobs which means that the same command will be different instances for each client - similar to how we have the tag to separate commands for different panes. GitHub issue 889; test case reported by Paul Johnson.
2017-05-01 12:20:55 +00:00
void format_lost_client(struct client *);
Add initial framework for more powerful formatting of command output and use it for list-{panes,windows,sessions}. This allows more descriptive replacements (such as #{session_name}) and conditionals. Later this will be used for status_replace and list-keys and other places.
2011-08-26 10:53:16 +00:00
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
/* hooks.c */
struct hook;
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
struct hooks *hooks_get(struct session *);
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
struct hooks *hooks_create(struct hooks *);
void hooks_free(struct hooks *);
struct hook *hooks_first(struct hooks *);
struct hook *hooks_next(struct hook *);
void hooks_add(struct hooks *, const char *, struct cmd_list *);
void hooks_copy(struct hooks *, struct hooks *);
We cannot do hooks_find and then hooks_remove because it might have come from the parent (global) tree, instead make it remove by name like options. While here, also tidy up a few bits of options and hooks handling (use RB_FOREACH_SAFE, and a helper function for the free).
2015-12-11 15:46:57 +00:00
void hooks_remove(struct hooks *, const char *);
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
struct hook *hooks_find(struct hooks *, const char *);
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
void printflike(4, 5) hooks_insert(struct hooks *, struct cmdq_item *,
send-keys -R should reset the input parser to ground state (so it can be used to escape from, for example, printf '\033]2;').
2015-12-16 22:05:35 +00:00
struct cmd_find_state *, const char *, ...);
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
2012-03-17 22:35:09 +00:00
/* notify.c */
Add set-hook -R to run a hook immediately (useful to set multiple hooks to the same thing).
2018-07-04 12:30:52 +00:00
void notify_hook(struct cmdq_item *, const char *);
Add notification for input from a pane, from George Nachman.
2012-09-25 07:41:22 +00:00
void notify_input(struct window_pane *, struct evbuffer *);
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
2016-10-16 22:06:40 +00:00
void notify_client(const char *, struct client *);
void notify_session(const char *, struct session *);
More unnecessary arguments now winlink points back to session.
2017-04-21 14:09:44 +00:00
void notify_winlink(const char *, struct winlink *);
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
2016-10-16 22:06:40 +00:00
void notify_session_window(const char *, struct session *, struct window *);
void notify_window(const char *, struct window *);
void notify_pane(const char *, struct window_pane *);
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
2012-03-17 22:35:09 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* options.c */
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
struct options *options_create(struct options *);
void options_free(struct options *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry *options_first(struct options *);
struct options_entry *options_next(struct options_entry *);
struct options_entry *options_empty(struct options *,
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
const struct options_table_entry *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry *options_default(struct options *,
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
const struct options_table_entry *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
const char *options_name(struct options_entry *);
const struct options_table_entry *options_table_entry(struct options_entry *);
struct options_entry *options_get_only(struct options *, const char *);
struct options_entry *options_get(struct options *, const char *);
void options_remove(struct options_entry *);
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
void options_array_clear(struct options_entry *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
const char *options_array_get(struct options_entry *, u_int);
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
int options_array_set(struct options_entry *, u_int, const char *,
int);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
int options_array_size(struct options_entry *, u_int *);
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
void options_array_assign(struct options_entry *, const char *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
int options_isstring(struct options_entry *);
When a flag option is used in a format, it should use the number form not string.
2017-01-30 21:41:17 +00:00
const char *options_tostring(struct options_entry *, int, int);
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
char *options_parse(const char *, int *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry *options_parse_get(struct options *, const char *, int *,
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
int);
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
char *options_match(const char *, int *, int *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry *options_match_get(struct options *, const char *, int *,
If given an array option without an index either show or set all items, and support -a for array options. Allow the separator for set to be specified in the options table (will be used for backwards compatibility later).
2017-01-24 19:11:46 +00:00
int, int *);
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
const char *options_get_string(struct options *, const char *);
long long options_get_number(struct options *, const char *);
options_get_style return const too.
2017-01-13 11:58:49 +00:00
const struct grid_cell *options_get_style(struct options *, const char *);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry * printflike(4, 5) options_set_string(struct options *,
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
const char *, int, const char *, ...);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
struct options_entry *options_set_number(struct options *, const char *,
long long);
struct options_entry *options_set_style(struct options *, const char *, int,
Major tidy up and rework of options tree and set-option/show-options commands this pushes more of the code into options.c and ties it more closely to the options table rather than having an unnecessary split. Also add support for array options (will be used later). Only (intentional) user visible change is that show-options output is now passed through vis(3) with VIS_DQ so quotes are escaped.
2017-01-15 20:48:41 +00:00
const char *);
enum options_table_scope options_scope_from_flags(struct args *, int,
struct cmd_find_state *, struct options **, char **);
getopt() has a struct option so just return to using options_entry.
2017-01-16 14:49:14 +00:00
void options_style_update_new(struct options *,
struct options_entry *);
void options_style_update_old(struct options *,
struct options_entry *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
/* options-table.c */
Instead of separate tables for different types of options, give each option a scope type (server, session, window) in one table.
2015-11-20 12:01:19 +00:00
extern const struct options_table_entry options_table[];
Move the user-visible parts of all options (names, types, limit, default values) together into one set of tables in options-table.c. Also clean up and simplify cmd-set-options.c and move a common print function into option-table.c.
2011-01-01 16:51:21 +00:00
Rather than running status-left, status-right and window title #() with popen immediately every redraw, queue them up and run them in the background, starting each once every status-interval. The actual status line uses the output from the last run. This brings several advantages: - tmux itself may be called from inside #() without causing the server to hang; - likewise, sleep or similar doesn't cause the server to block; - commands aren't run excessively often when redrawing; - commands shared by status-left and status-right, or used multiple times, will only be run once. run-shell and if-shell still use system()/popen() but will be changed over to use this too later.
2009-10-10 15:03:01 +00:00
/* job.c */
Move job struct into job.c.
2018-08-23 15:45:05 +00:00
typedef void (*job_update_cb) (struct job *);
typedef void (*job_complete_cb) (struct job *);
typedef void (*job_free_cb) (void *);
#define JOB_NOWAIT 0x1
If a #() command doesn't exit, use its most recent line of output (it must be a full line). Don't let it redraw the status line more than once a second. Requested by someone about 10 years ago...
2017-04-20 09:20:22 +00:00
struct job *job_run(const char *, struct session *, const char *,
Add a missing client-detached hook when the server shuts down, and do not exit until jobs started from run-shell/if-shell have finished (add a job flags member and a flag to indicate other jobs). GitHub issue 1245.
2018-03-08 08:09:10 +00:00
job_update_cb, job_complete_cb, job_free_cb, void *, int);
If a #() command doesn't exit, use its most recent line of output (it must be a full line). Don't let it redraw the status line more than once a second. Requested by someone about 10 years ago...
2017-04-20 09:20:22 +00:00
void job_free(struct job *);
Move job struct into job.c.
2018-08-23 15:45:05 +00:00
void job_check_died(pid_t, int);
int job_get_status(struct job *);
void *job_get_data(struct job *);
struct bufferevent *job_get_event(struct job *);
void job_kill_all(void);
int job_still_running(void);
void job_print_summary(struct cmdq_item *, int);
Rather than running status-left, status-right and window title #() with popen immediately every redraw, queue them up and run them in the background, starting each once every status-interval. The actual status line uses the output from the last run. This brings several advantages: - tmux itself may be called from inside #() without causing the server to hang; - likewise, sleep or similar doesn't cause the server to block; - commands aren't run excessively often when redrawing; - commands shared by status-left and status-right, or used multiple times, will only be run once. run-shell and if-shell still use system()/popen() but will be changed over to use this too later.
2009-10-10 15:03:01 +00:00
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
/* environ.c */
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct environ *environ_create(void);
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
void environ_free(struct environ *);
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
2015-10-28 09:51:55 +00:00
struct environ_entry *environ_first(struct environ *);
struct environ_entry *environ_next(struct environ_entry *);
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
void environ_copy(struct environ *, struct environ *);
struct environ_entry *environ_find(struct environ *, const char *);
Make environ_set va_args and use it to tidy up some calls. Also add a missing word in manpage (from jmc).
2015-11-24 23:46:15 +00:00
void printflike(3, 4) environ_set(struct environ *, const char *, const char *,
...);
void environ_clear(struct environ *, const char *);
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
void environ_put(struct environ *, const char *);
void environ_unset(struct environ *, const char *);
Make update-environment an array as well.
2017-01-24 20:15:32 +00:00
void environ_update(struct options *, struct environ *, struct environ *);
Run job commands explicitly in the global enviroment (which can be modified with setenv -g) rather than with the environment tmux started with.
2010-04-04 19:02:09 +00:00
void environ_push(struct environ *);
Make environ_log prefix take a format.
2017-05-11 07:34:54 +00:00
void printflike(2, 3) environ_log(struct environ *, const char *, ...);
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
2017-04-25 15:35:10 +00:00
struct environ *environ_for_session(struct session *, int);
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux. There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it. New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments. A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
2009-08-08 21:52:43 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* tty.c */
The output log is only useful once and it means creating a file, so open it once at startup instead of in every call to tty_open.
2015-10-31 13:12:03 +00:00
void tty_create_log(void);
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
int tty_window_bigger(struct tty *);
int tty_window_offset(struct tty *, u_int *, u_int *, u_int *, u_int *);
void tty_update_window_offset(struct window *);
void tty_update_client_offset(struct client *);
Remove the internal tmux locking and instead detach each client and run the command specified by a new option "lock-command" (by default "lock -np") in each client. This means each terminal has to be unlocked individually but simplifies the code and allows the system password to be used to unlock. Note that the set-password command is gone, so it will need to be removed from configuration files, and the -U command line flag has been removed. This is the third protocol version change so again it is best to stop the tmux server before upgrading.
2009-09-23 06:18:47 +00:00
void tty_raw(struct tty *, const char *);
Support setting the default window and pane background colours (window and active pane via window-style and window-active-style options, an individual pane by a new select-pane -P flag). From J Raynor.
2015-04-19 21:05:27 +00:00
void tty_attributes(struct tty *, const struct grid_cell *,
const struct window_pane *);
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
void tty_reset(struct tty *);
Turn on margins, with a couple of fixes (only limit to the pane for line feeds, and do not move cursor to end for full width panes).
2016-11-15 15:17:28 +00:00
void tty_region_off(struct tty *);
void tty_margin_off(struct tty *);
Similarly add a tty_cursor_pane function to tidy up most of the calls.
2009-10-12 09:29:58 +00:00
void tty_cursor(struct tty *, u_int, u_int);
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
void tty_putcode(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code);
void tty_putcode1(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code, int);
void tty_putcode2(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code, int, int);
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
void tty_putcode3(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code, int, int, int);
Support xterm(1) cursor colour change sequences through terminfo(5) Cc (set) and Cr (reset) extensions. Originally by Sean Estabrooks, tweaked by me and Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:03:58 +00:00
void tty_putcode_ptr1(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code, const void *);
Rather than having two grids for each pane, one for ASCII and one for UTF-8, collapse the two together. Simplifies the code at the expense of more memory (which can probably be reduced again later).
2013-01-18 02:16:21 +00:00
void tty_putcode_ptr2(struct tty *, enum tty_code_code, const void *,
const void *);
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
void tty_puts(struct tty *, const char *);
void tty_putc(struct tty *, u_char);
Rather than having two grids for each pane, one for ASCII and one for UTF-8, collapse the two together. Simplifies the code at the expense of more memory (which can probably be reduced again later).
2013-01-18 02:16:21 +00:00
void tty_putn(struct tty *, const void *, size_t, u_int);
Fix line endings.
2015-07-13 15:51:31 +00:00
int tty_init(struct tty *, struct client *, int, char *);
It is not OK to ignore SIGWINCH if SIOCGWINSZ reports the size has unchanged, because it may have changed and changed back in the time between us getting the signal and calling ioctl(). Always redraw when we see SIGWINCH.
2017-05-31 10:29:15 +00:00
void tty_resize(struct tty *);
void tty_set_size(struct tty *, u_int, u_int);
enum tty_cmd is only used as an index into the array of command function pointers, so remove it and use the function pointers directly to represent themselves.
2009-07-22 18:02:23 +00:00
void tty_start_tty(struct tty *);
void tty_stop_tty(struct tty *);
void tty_set_title(struct tty *, const char *);
Support xterm(1) cursor colour change sequences through terminfo(5) Cc (set) and Cr (reset) extensions. Originally by Sean Estabrooks, tweaked by me and Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:03:58 +00:00
void tty_update_mode(struct tty *, int, struct screen *);
Support setting the default window and pane background colours (window and active pane via window-style and window-active-style options, an individual pane by a new select-pane -P flag). From J Raynor.
2015-04-19 21:05:27 +00:00
void tty_draw_line(struct tty *, const struct window_pane *, struct screen *,
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Change terminal-overrides to a server option (now that we have them), it doesn't make much sense as a session option.
2014-02-23 00:53:06 +00:00
int tty_open(struct tty *, char **);
Drop the no_stop argument to tty_close and tty_free in favour of a flag in the tty struct.
2009-08-11 19:32:25 +00:00
void tty_close(struct tty *);
void tty_free(struct tty *);
Initial attempt to make use of left and right margins if the terminal supports them (that is, if it advertises itself as a VT420 - probably just xterm). These are the vertical equivalent of the scroll region and allow much faster scrolling of panes that do not take up the full width of the terminal.
2016-11-15 14:02:32 +00:00
void tty_set_type(struct tty *, int);
To replace c0-*, add a high watermark to the pty event, and also backoff when the any of the ttys the pane is going to write to has buffered enough data.
2015-05-12 22:40:38 +00:00
void tty_write(void (*)(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *),
struct tty_ctx *);
A tty context must not be modified as it may be reused to update multiple clients, so make it const. Also fix an actual modification which caused a hang when a session was connected to multiple terminals at least one of which was missing ich/ich1.
2009-08-12 09:41:59 +00:00
void tty_cmd_alignmenttest(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_cell(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
void tty_cmd_cells(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
A tty context must not be modified as it may be reused to update multiple clients, so make it const. Also fix an actual modification which caused a hang when a session was connected to multiple terminals at least one of which was missing ich/ich1.
2009-08-12 09:41:59 +00:00
void tty_cmd_clearendofline(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_clearendofscreen(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_clearline(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_clearscreen(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_clearstartofline(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_clearstartofscreen(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_deletecharacter(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Implement ECH (erase character, CSI X). Reported by Christian Neukirchen.
2013-01-15 23:18:55 +00:00
void tty_cmd_clearcharacter(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
A tty context must not be modified as it may be reused to update multiple clients, so make it const. Also fix an actual modification which caused a hang when a session was connected to multiple terminals at least one of which was missing ich/ich1.
2009-08-12 09:41:59 +00:00
void tty_cmd_deleteline(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
When mode-mouse is on (it is off by default), automatically enter copy mode when the mouse is dragged or the mouse wheel is used. Also exit copy mode when the mouse wheel is scrolled off the bottom. Discussed with and written by hsim at gmx dot li.
2011-04-19 21:31:33 +00:00
void tty_cmd_erasecharacter(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
A tty context must not be modified as it may be reused to update multiple clients, so make it const. Also fix an actual modification which caused a hang when a session was connected to multiple terminals at least one of which was missing ich/ich1.
2009-08-12 09:41:59 +00:00
void tty_cmd_insertcharacter(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_insertline(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
void tty_cmd_linefeed(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Add support for scroll up escape sequence (CSI S) and use it when possible instead of sending individual line feeds.
2017-02-08 17:31:09 +00:00
void tty_cmd_scrollup(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
A tty context must not be modified as it may be reused to update multiple clients, so make it const. Also fix an actual modification which caused a hang when a session was connected to multiple terminals at least one of which was missing ich/ich1.
2009-08-12 09:41:59 +00:00
void tty_cmd_reverseindex(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Support setting the xterm clipboard when copying from copy mode using the xterm escape sequence for the purpose (if xterm is configured to allow it). Written by and much discussed Ailin Nemui, guidance on xterm/termcap/terminfo from Thomas Dickey.
2011-05-18 20:24:29 +00:00
void tty_cmd_setselection(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Support passing through escape sequences to the underlying terminal by using DCS with a "tmux;" prefix. Escape characters in the sequences must be doubled. For example: $ printf '\033Ptmux;\033\033]12;red\007\033\\' Will pass \033]12;red\007 to the terminal (and change the cursor colour in xterm). From Kevin Goodsell.
2011-03-07 23:46:27 +00:00
void tty_cmd_rawstring(struct tty *, const struct tty_ctx *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* tty-term.c */
extern struct tty_terms tty_terms;
Tidy up the way terminals are described and move some structs out of tmux.h.
2015-07-28 15:18:10 +00:00
u_int tty_term_ncodes(void);
Change terminal-overrides to a server option (now that we have them), it doesn't make much sense as a session option.
2014-02-23 00:53:06 +00:00
struct tty_term *tty_term_find(char *, int, char **);
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
void tty_term_free(struct tty_term *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int tty_term_has(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code);
const char *tty_term_string(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code);
const char *tty_term_string1(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code, int);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
const char *tty_term_string2(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code, int,
int);
Look for setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo extensions for RGB colour. This is the most reasonable of the various (some bizarre) suggestions for capabilities.
2017-05-31 08:43:44 +00:00
const char *tty_term_string3(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code, int,
int, int);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
const char *tty_term_ptr1(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code,
const void *);
Support middle-click paste, based on a diff from Ailin Nemui.
2012-11-27 20:22:12 +00:00
const char *tty_term_ptr2(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code,
const void *, const void *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int tty_term_number(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code);
int tty_term_flag(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code);
Tidy up the way terminals are described and move some structs out of tmux.h.
2015-07-28 15:18:10 +00:00
const char *tty_term_describe(struct tty_term *, enum tty_code_code);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Use UTF-8 line drawing characters on UTF-8 terminals. Fixes some stupid terminals (I'm looking at you, putty) which disable the vt100 ACS mode switching sequences in UTF-8 mode. Also on terminals without ACS at all, use ASCII equivalents where obvious.
2010-09-11 16:19:22 +00:00
/* tty-acs.c */
Check the terminfo(5) U8 capability and disable using UTF-8 for ACS if it is present and zero. This is useful for users with terminals or fonts that do not correctly support UTF-8 line drawing characters. GitHub issue 927, reported by Hiroaki Yamazoe and Akinori Hattori.
2017-05-15 16:44:04 +00:00
int tty_acs_needed(struct tty *);
Use UTF-8 line drawing characters on UTF-8 terminals. Fixes some stupid terminals (I'm looking at you, putty) which disable the vt100 ACS mode switching sequences in UTF-8 mode. Also on terminals without ACS at all, use ASCII equivalents where obvious.
2010-09-11 16:19:22 +00:00
const char *tty_acs_get(struct tty *, u_char);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* tty-keys.c */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
void tty_keys_build(struct tty *);
void tty_keys_free(struct tty *);
key_code tty_keys_next(struct tty *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
/* arguments.c */
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
void args_set(struct args *, u_char, const char *);
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
struct args *args_parse(const char *, int, char **);
void args_free(struct args *);
Do not set a limit on the length of commands when printing them.
2015-11-27 15:06:43 +00:00
char *args_print(struct args *);
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
int args_has(struct args *, u_char);
const char *args_get(struct args *, u_char);
Rewrite of the target resolution internals to be simpler and more consistent but with much less duplication, but keeping the same internal API. Also adds more readable aliases for some of the special tokens used in targets (eg "{start}" instead of "^"). Some behaviours may have changed, for example prefix matches now happen before fnmatch.
2015-04-27 16:25:57 +00:00
long long args_strtonum(struct args *, u_char, long long, long long,
char **);
/* cmd-find.c */
Make the cmd_find_* functions more obvious when looking for a client, rather than having it inside other functions. Should be no change to the way targets are resolved just yet.
2017-04-21 20:26:34 +00:00
int cmd_find_target(struct cmd_find_state *, struct cmdq_item *,
const char *, enum cmd_find_type, int);
Change how display-message uses the client. Originally it was only intended as the target client where the message should be displayed but at some point (perhaps when -p was added), it was used for format expansion too. This means it can get a bit weird where you have client formats expanding for a client with a different current session than the target session. However, it is nice that display-message can be used to show information about a specific client. So change so that the -c client will be used if the session matches the target session (-t or default), otherwise the best client will be chosen.
2018-04-18 14:35:37 +00:00
struct client *cmd_find_best_client(struct session *);
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
struct client *cmd_find_client(struct cmdq_item *, const char *, int);
Make the cmd_find_* functions more obvious when looking for a client, rather than having it inside other functions. Should be no change to the way targets are resolved just yet.
2017-04-21 20:26:34 +00:00
void cmd_find_clear_state(struct cmd_find_state *, int);
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks: - Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows. - Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really). - Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw"). - Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window. Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come. Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
2016-10-13 10:01:49 +00:00
int cmd_find_empty_state(struct cmd_find_state *);
Make the marked pane a cmd_find_state.
2015-12-15 00:00:01 +00:00
int cmd_find_valid_state(struct cmd_find_state *);
void cmd_find_copy_state(struct cmd_find_state *,
struct cmd_find_state *);
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
2017-04-21 17:22:20 +00:00
void cmd_find_from_session(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct session *, int);
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
2017-04-21 17:22:20 +00:00
void cmd_find_from_winlink(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct winlink *, int);
Fire hooks on the simple notifys (window-renamed and session-renamed), the complicated ones get no hooks for now (more to come).
2016-10-15 00:09:30 +00:00
int cmd_find_from_session_window(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct session *, struct window *, int);
int cmd_find_from_window(struct cmd_find_state *, struct window *,
int);
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
2017-04-21 17:22:20 +00:00
void cmd_find_from_winlink_pane(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct winlink *, struct window_pane *, int);
Make the cmd_find_* functions more obvious when looking for a client, rather than having it inside other functions. Should be no change to the way targets are resolved just yet.
2017-04-21 20:26:34 +00:00
int cmd_find_from_pane(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct window_pane *, int);
int cmd_find_from_client(struct cmd_find_state *, struct client *,
int);
Make the cmd_find_* functions more obvious when looking for a client, rather than having it inside other functions. Should be no change to the way targets are resolved just yet.
2017-04-21 20:26:34 +00:00
int cmd_find_from_mouse(struct cmd_find_state *,
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
2017-08-30 10:33:57 +00:00
struct mouse_event *, int);
int cmd_find_from_nothing(struct cmd_find_state *, int);
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing. Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept. This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function). This is overall more simple and consistent. There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
2011-01-04 00:42:46 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* cmd.c */
Log command arguments.
2018-08-02 18:35:21 +00:00
void cmd_log_argv(int, char **, const char *);
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size. This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data. As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code. Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
2009-07-26 12:58:44 +00:00
int cmd_pack_argv(int, char **, char *, size_t);
int cmd_unpack_argv(char *, size_t, int, char ***);
Just use char ** for argv like normal people, not char *const *.
2014-05-09 09:11:24 +00:00
char **cmd_copy_argv(int, char **);
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size. This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data. As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code. Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
2009-07-26 12:58:44 +00:00
void cmd_free_argv(int, char **);
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 08:08:32 +00:00
char *cmd_stringify_argv(int, char **);
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
struct cmd *cmd_parse(int, char **, const char *, u_int, char **);
Do not set a limit on the length of commands when printing them.
2015-11-27 15:06:43 +00:00
char *cmd_print(struct cmd *);
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
int cmd_mouse_at(struct window_pane *, struct mouse_event *,
u_int *, u_int *, int);
struct winlink *cmd_mouse_window(struct mouse_event *, struct session **);
struct window_pane *cmd_mouse_pane(struct mouse_event *, struct session **,
struct winlink **);
Fix constness of cmd_template_replace, window_choose_add_item and window_choose_add_window.
2013-03-21 16:19:25 +00:00
char *cmd_template_replace(const char *, const char *, int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
extern const struct cmd_entry *cmd_table[];
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
/* cmd-attach-session.c */
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
2017-04-22 10:22:39 +00:00
enum cmd_retval cmd_attach_session(struct cmdq_item *, const char *, int, int,
const char *, int);
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* cmd-list.c */
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
struct cmd_list *cmd_list_parse(int, char **, const char *, u_int, char **);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void cmd_list_free(struct cmd_list *);
Do not set a limit on the length of commands when printing them.
2015-11-27 15:06:43 +00:00
char *cmd_list_print(struct cmd_list *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
/* cmd-queue.c */
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
struct cmdq_item *cmdq_get_command(struct cmd_list *, struct cmd_find_state *,
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
struct mouse_event *, int);
Give each item on queue a name for better logging.
2016-10-18 08:46:43 +00:00
#define cmdq_get_callback(cb, data) cmdq_get_callback1(#cb, cb, data)
struct cmdq_item *cmdq_get_callback1(const char *, cmdq_cb, void *);
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
void cmdq_insert_after(struct cmdq_item *, struct cmdq_item *);
void cmdq_append(struct client *, struct cmdq_item *);
Provide a way for hooks to tag formats onto the commands they fire so that the user can get at additional information - now used for the "hook" format, more to come.
2016-10-16 19:36:37 +00:00
void printflike(3, 4) cmdq_format(struct cmdq_item *, const char *,
const char *, ...);
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end. This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends. A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
2016-10-16 17:55:14 +00:00
u_int cmdq_next(struct client *);
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
2016-10-16 19:04:05 +00:00
void cmdq_guard(struct cmdq_item *, const char *, int);
void printflike(2, 3) cmdq_print(struct cmdq_item *, const char *, ...);
void printflike(2, 3) cmdq_error(struct cmdq_item *, const char *, ...);
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested. Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed. When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty. Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
2013-03-24 09:54:10 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* cmd-string.c */
Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an unknown command is parsed.
2017-01-24 19:53:37 +00:00
int cmd_string_split(const char *, int *, char ***);
It is silly for cmd_list_parse to return an integer error when it could just return NULL.
2017-01-15 22:00:56 +00:00
struct cmd_list *cmd_string_parse(const char *, const char *, u_int, char **);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Wake up any clients waiting with the wait-for command when the server exits.
2014-09-01 21:58:41 +00:00
/* cmd-wait-for.c */
void cmd_wait_for_flush(void);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* client.c */
Make shell_command a global like other stuff rather than making it an exception and using callback argument.
2017-07-12 09:21:25 +00:00
int client_main(struct event_base *, int, char **, int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* key-bindings.c */
Make environ_set va_args and use it to tidy up some calls. Also add a missing word in manpage (from jmc).
2015-11-24 23:46:15 +00:00
struct key_table *key_bindings_get_table(const char *, int);
session_groups can be static also.
2018-08-02 11:56:12 +00:00
struct key_table *key_bindings_first_table(void);
struct key_table *key_bindings_next_table(struct key_table *);
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
void key_bindings_unref_table(struct key_table *);
session_groups can be static also.
2018-08-02 11:56:12 +00:00
struct key_binding *key_bindings_get(struct key_table *, key_code);
struct key_binding *key_bindings_first(struct key_table *);
struct key_binding *key_bindings_next(struct key_table *, struct key_binding *);
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
void key_bindings_add(const char *, key_code, int, struct cmd_list *);
void key_bindings_remove(const char *, key_code);
Support for multiple key tables to commands to be bound to sequences of keys. The default key bindings become the "prefix" table and -n the "root" table. Keys may be bound in new tables with bind -T and switch-client -T used to specify the table in which the next key should be looked up. Based on a diff from Keith Amling.
2015-04-20 15:34:56 +00:00
void key_bindings_remove_table(const char *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void key_bindings_init(void);
Insert copy mode bindings at the right place in the command queue.
2017-05-10 10:46:59 +00:00
void key_bindings_dispatch(struct key_binding *, struct cmdq_item *,
struct client *, struct mouse_event *, struct cmd_find_state *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* key-string.c */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
key_code key_string_lookup_string(const char *);
const char *key_string_lookup_key(key_code);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Move alerts onto events rather than checking every loop.
2015-08-29 08:30:54 +00:00
/* alerts.c */
void alerts_reset_all(void);
void alerts_queue(struct window *, int);
Fix bell indicators across detach, reported by Torbjorn Lonnemark, diff from Thomas Adam.
2015-12-07 09:47:41 +00:00
void alerts_check_session(struct session *);
Move alerts onto events rather than checking every loop.
2015-08-29 08:30:54 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* server.c */
Break the common process set up, event loop and imsg dispatch code between server and client out into a separate internal API. This will make it easier to add another process.
2015-10-27 13:23:24 +00:00
extern struct tmuxproc *server_proc;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
extern struct clients clients;
Make the marked pane a cmd_find_state.
2015-12-15 00:00:01 +00:00
extern struct cmd_find_state marked_pane;
Add support for a single "marked pane". There is one marked pane in the server at a time; it may be toggled or cleared with select-pane -m and -M (the border is highlighted). A new target '~' or '{marked}' specifies the marked pane to commands and it is the default target for the swap-pane and join-pane -s flag (this makes them much simpler to use - mark the source pane and then change to the target pane to run swapp or joinp).
2015-06-04 11:43:51 +00:00
void server_set_marked(struct session *, struct winlink *,
struct window_pane *);
void server_clear_marked(void);
int server_is_marked(struct session *, struct winlink *,
struct window_pane *);
int server_check_marked(void);
Move signal code into proc.c.
2017-07-12 09:24:17 +00:00
int server_start(struct tmuxproc *, struct event_base *, int, char *);
Only need to chmod +x or -x the socket when a client is created, lost or attached, rather than every event loop.
2009-11-11 08:00:42 +00:00
void server_update_socket(void);
Stop accepting new clients for 1 second on EMFILE/ENFILE. Based on ongoing fixes to other daemons by Theo.
2012-04-11 06:16:14 +00:00
void server_add_accept(int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Split the server code handling clients, jobs and windows off into separate files from server.c (merging server-msg.c into the client file) and rather than iterating over each set after poll(), allow a callback to be specified when the fd is added and just walk once over the returned pollfds calling each callback where needed. More to come, getting this in so it is tested.
2009-10-22 19:41:51 +00:00
/* server-client.c */
Function to count clients.
2017-05-29 20:37:30 +00:00
u_int server_client_how_many(void);
Add -d flag to display-panes to specify timeout, and make 0 mean no timeout. From Laurens Post.
2017-08-16 12:12:54 +00:00
void server_client_set_identify(struct client *, u_int);
Add key-table option to set the default key table for a session, allows different key bindings for different sessions and a few other things.
2015-12-12 18:32:24 +00:00
void server_client_set_key_table(struct client *, const char *);
const char *server_client_get_key_table(struct client *);
Move the nested check from client to server and compare the client tty name to all the pane pty names instead of comparing socket paths. This means that "new -d" will work without unsetting $TMUX.
2015-06-04 23:27:51 +00:00
int server_client_check_nested(struct client *);
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
void server_client_handle_key(struct client *, key_code);
Report better error from server when socket create fails, GitHub issue 1201.
2017-12-19 15:00:39 +00:00
struct client *server_client_create(int);
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
int server_client_open(struct client *, char **);
Change deref to the more sensible unref, and add a couple I missed before.
2015-06-05 18:06:30 +00:00
void server_client_unref(struct client *);
Split the server code handling clients, jobs and windows off into separate files from server.c (merging server-msg.c into the client file) and rather than iterating over each set after poll(), allow a callback to be specified when the fd is added and just walk once over the returned pollfds calling each callback where needed. More to come, getting this in so it is tested.
2009-10-22 19:41:51 +00:00
void server_client_lost(struct client *);
Add a suspend helper function, and do not allow detaching or suspending while already doing so.
2017-04-19 14:00:28 +00:00
void server_client_suspend(struct client *);
Add hooks infrastructure, basic commands (set-hook, show-hooks) and a couple of not very useful client hooks. This will eventually let commands be run at various points and on notifications. Joint work with Thomas Adam.
2015-12-08 01:10:31 +00:00
void server_client_detach(struct client *, enum msgtype);
Add -E to detach-client to exec a command to replace the client instead of exiting it, useful if tmux wasn't exec'd itself. From Jenna Magius.
2017-01-13 10:12:12 +00:00
void server_client_exec(struct client *, const char *);
Split the server code handling clients, jobs and windows off into separate files from server.c (merging server-msg.c into the client file) and rather than iterating over each set after poll(), allow a callback to be specified when the fd is added and just walk once over the returned pollfds calling each callback where needed. More to come, getting this in so it is tested.
2009-10-22 19:41:51 +00:00
void server_client_loop(void);
Push stdout and stderr to clients more aggressively, and add an event to continue if the send fails.
2015-11-14 09:41:06 +00:00
void server_client_push_stdout(struct client *);
void server_client_push_stderr(struct client *);
Break the message storage function into its own function, useful for debugging.
2017-02-09 12:09:33 +00:00
void printflike(2, 3) server_client_add_message(struct client *, const char *,
...);
Make source-file look for files relative to the client working directory (like load-buffer and save-buffer), from Chris Pickel. Also break the where-is-this-file code out into its own function for loadb and saveb.
2017-02-14 18:13:05 +00:00
char *server_client_get_path(struct client *, const char *);
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
2018-05-24 09:42:49 +00:00
const char *server_client_get_cwd(struct client *, struct session *);
Split the server code handling clients, jobs and windows off into separate files from server.c (merging server-msg.c into the client file) and rather than iterating over each set after poll(), allow a callback to be specified when the fd is added and just walk once over the returned pollfds calling each callback where needed. More to come, getting this in so it is tested.
2009-10-22 19:41:51 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* server-fn.c */
void server_redraw_client(struct client *);
void server_status_client(struct client *);
void server_redraw_session(struct session *);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
void server_redraw_session_group(struct session *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void server_status_session(struct session *);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
void server_status_session_group(struct session *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void server_redraw_window(struct window *);
Options to set the colour of the pane borders, with different colours for the active pane.
2010-01-03 12:51:05 +00:00
void server_redraw_window_borders(struct window *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void server_status_window(struct window *);
void server_lock(void);
New lock-client and lock-session commands to lock an individual client or all clients attached to a session respectively.
2009-09-24 14:17:09 +00:00
void server_lock_session(struct session *);
void server_lock_client(struct client *);
Add x and X to choose-tree (with a confirmation prompt) to kill an item. Suggested by Matt Zagrabelny.
2018-04-10 10:48:44 +00:00
void server_kill_pane(struct window_pane *);
Make it so using kill-pane to destroy the last pane in a window destroys the window instead of being an error.
2009-07-17 20:37:03 +00:00
void server_kill_window(struct window *);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
int server_link_window(struct session *,
Move some common and untidy code for window link/unlink into generic functions instead of duplicating it in move/link window..
2009-09-20 17:27:18 +00:00
struct winlink *, struct session *, int, int, int, char **);
void server_unlink_window(struct session *, struct winlink *);
send-keys -R should reset the input parser to ground state (so it can be used to escape from, for example, printf '\033]2;').
2015-12-16 22:05:35 +00:00
void server_destroy_pane(struct window_pane *, int);
Tidy some common code for destroying sessions into a new function.
2009-09-12 13:01:19 +00:00
void server_destroy_session(struct session *);
Support middle-click paste, based on a diff from Ailin Nemui.
2012-11-27 20:22:12 +00:00
void server_check_unattached(void);
Instead of passing stdin/stdout/stderr file descriptors over imsg and handling them in the server, handle them in the client and pass buffers over imsg. This is much tidier for some upcoming changes and the performance hit isn't critical. The tty fd is still passed to the server as before. This bumps the tmux protocol version so new clients and old servers are incompatible.
2012-05-21 18:27:42 +00:00
int server_set_stdin_callback(struct client *, void (*)(struct client *,
int, void *), void *, char **);
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
void server_unzoom_window(struct window *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* status.c */
Run status update on a per-client timer at status-interval.
2015-08-28 12:16:28 +00:00
void status_timer_start(struct client *);
void status_timer_start_all(void);
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
void status_update_saved(struct session *);
Add an option to move the status line to the top of the screen, requested by many.
2012-01-29 09:37:02 +00:00
int status_at_line(struct client *);
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
u_int status_line_size(struct client *);
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
struct window *status_get_window_at(struct client *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int status_redraw(struct client *);
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(2, 3) status_message_set(struct client *, const char *, ...);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void status_message_clear(struct client *);
int status_message_redraw(struct client *);
Allow the initial context on prompts to be set with the new -I option to command-prompt. From Tiago Cunha.
2011-07-02 21:05:44 +00:00
void status_prompt_set(struct client *, const char *, const char *,
Tidy command prompt callbacks and pass in the client.
2017-05-17 15:20:23 +00:00
prompt_input_cb, prompt_free_cb, void *, int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void status_prompt_clear(struct client *);
int status_prompt_redraw(struct client *);
The repeat prompt in both emacs and vi (and the old one in tmux) doesn't support line editing and instead executes a command as soon as a non-number key is pressed. Add a -N flag to command-prompt for the same in copy mode. Reported by Theo Buehler.
2016-10-12 13:03:27 +00:00
int status_prompt_key(struct client *, key_code);
Allow the initial context on prompts to be set with the new -I option to command-prompt. From Tiago Cunha.
2011-07-02 21:05:44 +00:00
void status_prompt_update(struct client *, const char *, const char *);
Add an option (history-file) for a file to save/restore command prompt history, from Olof-Joachim Frahm.
2015-07-20 15:50:04 +00:00
void status_prompt_load_history(void);
void status_prompt_save_history(void);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* resize.c */
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
void resize_window(struct window *, u_int, u_int);
void default_window_size(struct session *, struct window *, u_int *,
u_int *, int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void recalculate_sizes(void);
/* input.c */
void input_init(struct window_pane *);
void input_free(struct window_pane *);
send-keys -R should reset the input parser to ground state (so it can be used to escape from, for example, printf '\033]2;').
2015-12-16 22:05:35 +00:00
void input_reset(struct window_pane *, int);
Move input parser structs into input.c (removing fairly useless saved_cursor_[xy] formats as a side-effect).
2015-05-08 16:18:04 +00:00
struct evbuffer *input_pending(struct window_pane *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void input_parse(struct window_pane *);
/* input-key.c */
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
void input_key(struct window_pane *, key_code, struct mouse_event *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Rewrite xterm-keys code (both input and output) so that works (doesn't always output the same modifiers, accepts all the possible input keys) and is more understandable.
2009-10-26 17:46:33 +00:00
/* xterm-keys.c */
Revert previous for now, it will break TERM=screen.
2017-01-25 14:36:08 +00:00
char *xterm_keys_lookup(key_code);
Support UTF-8 key bindings by expanding the key type from int to uint64_t and converting UTF-8 to Unicode on input and the reverse on output. (This allows key bindings, there are still omissions - the largest being that the various prompts do not accept UTF-8.)
2015-11-12 11:05:34 +00:00
int xterm_keys_find(const char *, size_t, size_t *, key_code *);
Rewrite xterm-keys code (both input and output) so that works (doesn't always output the same modifiers, accepts all the possible input keys) and is more understandable.
2009-10-26 17:46:33 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* colour.c */
Handle the RGB colour escape sequence (\033[38;2;<r>;<g>;<b>m and 48;2) like xterm(1) does, by mapping to the nearest in the 256 colour palette.
2015-06-05 22:33:39 +00:00
int colour_find_rgb(u_char, u_char, u_char);
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
int colour_join_rgb(u_char, u_char, u_char);
void colour_split_rgb(int, u_char *, u_char *, u_char *);
Permit options such as status-bg to be configured using the entire 256 colour palette by setting "colour0" to "colour255".
2009-09-10 17:16:24 +00:00
const char *colour_tostring(int);
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
int colour_fromstring(const char *s);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_char colour_256to16(u_char);
/* attributes.c */
Add support for the strikethrough attribute (SGR 9), using the new smxx terminfo capability. This means there are now nine attribute bits, so anything above 0xff uses an extended cell.
2017-03-22 07:16:54 +00:00
const char *attributes_tostring(int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int attributes_fromstring(const char *);
/* grid.c */
extern const struct grid_cell grid_default_cell;
Don't update cells in each block of data read from a pane immediately, instead track them as change (dirty) and update them once at the end, saves much time if repeatedly writing the same cell. Also fix comparison of cells being equal in a few places (memcmp is not enough).
2016-07-15 00:49:08 +00:00
int grid_cells_equal(const struct grid_cell *, const struct grid_cell *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct grid *grid_create(u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_destroy(struct grid *);
int grid_compare(struct grid *, struct grid *);
Instead of overloading the line clear function to mean free if background is default (8), introduce an explicit free function and use it where a free alone is needed. Likewise, use memmove directly rather than grid_move_lines where it makes sense. Based on a memory leak fix by Dan Aloni in GitHub issue 1051.
2017-08-30 18:13:47 +00:00
void grid_collect_history(struct grid *);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_scroll_history(struct grid *, u_int);
Scrolling needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 13:00:56 +00:00
void grid_scroll_history_region(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Free the history when it is cleared, based on a diff from Carlo Cannas.
2015-09-25 15:53:07 +00:00
void grid_clear_history(struct grid *);
Add session_set_current helper function, extracted from a diff from Aaron Jensen.
2013-03-22 16:00:26 +00:00
const struct grid_line *grid_peek_line(struct grid *, u_int);
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
void grid_get_cell(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, struct grid_cell *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void grid_set_cell(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, const struct grid_cell *);
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
void grid_set_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, const struct grid_cell *,
const char *, size_t);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_clear(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_clear_lines(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_move_lines(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_move_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Add -e flag to capture-pane to include embedded ANSI SGR escape sequences, from George Nachman.
2013-03-22 15:51:54 +00:00
char *grid_string_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int,
Add a wait-for command which blocks a client on a named channel until it is woken up again (with wait-for -S). From Thiago Padilha.
2013-03-25 10:09:05 +00:00
struct grid_cell **, int, int, int);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
void grid_duplicate_lines(struct grid *, u_int, struct grid *, u_int,
u_int);
Completely rewrite the reflow code to correctly handle double width characters (previously they were not accounted for).
2017-11-15 19:21:24 +00:00
void grid_reflow(struct grid *, u_int, u_int *);
Add accessors for grid linedata member, for some future work. From Dan Aloni.
2018-07-04 09:44:07 +00:00
struct grid_line *grid_get_line(struct grid *, u_int);
void grid_adjust_lines(struct grid *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* grid-view.c */
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
void grid_view_get_cell(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, struct grid_cell *);
void grid_view_set_cell(struct grid *, u_int, u_int,
const struct grid_cell *);
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
void grid_view_set_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int,
const struct grid_cell *, const char *, size_t);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_view_clear_history(struct grid *, u_int);
void grid_view_clear(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Scrolling needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 13:00:56 +00:00
void grid_view_scroll_region_up(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_view_scroll_region_down(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_view_insert_lines(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_view_insert_lines_region(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int,
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
u_int);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_view_delete_lines(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_view_delete_lines_region(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int,
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
u_int);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void grid_view_insert_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void grid_view_delete_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Add a dedicated function to convert a line into a string and use it to simplify the search window function.
2009-06-24 22:04:18 +00:00
char *grid_view_string_cells(struct grid *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* screen-write.c */
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
void screen_write_start(struct screen_write_ctx *, struct window_pane *,
struct screen *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_write_stop(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Add a -R flag to send-keys to reset the terminal. Written ages ago and Suggested by someone, I forget who.
2012-01-21 08:10:21 +00:00
void screen_write_reset(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
size_t printflike(1, 2) screen_write_cstrlen(const char *, ...);
void printflike(4, 5) screen_write_cnputs(struct screen_write_ctx *,
Make the grid_cell passed into screen_write_* const.
2016-04-29 13:21:33 +00:00
ssize_t, const struct grid_cell *, const char *, ...);
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
size_t printflike(1, 2) screen_write_strlen(const char *, ...);
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(3, 4) screen_write_puts(struct screen_write_ctx *,
Make the grid_cell passed into screen_write_* const.
2016-04-29 13:21:33 +00:00
const struct grid_cell *, const char *, ...);
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
void printflike(4, 5) screen_write_nputs(struct screen_write_ctx *,
Make the grid_cell passed into screen_write_* const.
2016-04-29 13:21:33 +00:00
ssize_t, const struct grid_cell *, const char *, ...);
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
void screen_write_vnputs(struct screen_write_ctx *, ssize_t,
Make the grid_cell passed into screen_write_* const.
2016-04-29 13:21:33 +00:00
const struct grid_cell *, const char *, va_list);
void screen_write_putc(struct screen_write_ctx *, const struct grid_cell *,
Nuke the utf8 and status-utf8 options and make tmux only a UTF-8 terminal. We still support non-UTF-8 terminals outside tmux, but inside it is always UTF-8 (as when the utf8 and status-utf8 options were on).
2015-11-12 11:09:11 +00:00
u_char);
void screen_write_copy(struct screen_write_ctx *, struct screen *, u_int,
Highlight all occurrences of search string after searching in copy mode.
2017-01-05 09:07:15 +00:00
u_int, u_int, u_int, bitstr_t *, const struct grid_cell *);
Add a "fast" version of screen_write_copy for tree mode that doesn't do all the checks and selection and marking stuff needed for copy mode.
2017-11-02 21:29:17 +00:00
void screen_write_fast_copy(struct screen_write_ctx *, struct screen *,
u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int);
Try to show a better preview of sessions and windows in tree mode.
2017-06-30 22:24:08 +00:00
void screen_write_hline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, int, int);
void screen_write_vline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, int, int);
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
void screen_write_box(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
void screen_write_preview(struct screen_write_ctx *, struct screen *, u_int,
u_int);
When backspace is received at the beginning of a line and the previous line was wrapped, move the cursor back up to the end of the previous line. Another one of the forgotten persons requested this quite a while ago (I need to start noting names on todo items...) when it was quite hard to implement. Now it is easy and I don't see it can do any harm, so hey presto...
2009-10-12 16:59:55 +00:00
void screen_write_backspace(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Instead of loads of little screen_write_*_on and off functions which just change mode flags, just have screen_write_mode_set and screen_write_mode_clear.
2013-03-21 18:47:56 +00:00
void screen_write_mode_set(struct screen_write_ctx *, int);
void screen_write_mode_clear(struct screen_write_ctx *, int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_write_cursorup(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
void screen_write_cursordown(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
void screen_write_cursorright(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
void screen_write_cursorleft(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Implement the DEC alignment test. With the last change this is enough for the first cursor test in vttest (in ports) to pass; it still shops a few more problems though.
2009-06-03 23:30:40 +00:00
void screen_write_alignmenttest(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void screen_write_insertcharacter(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
void screen_write_deletecharacter(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
ECH needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 10:50:11 +00:00
void screen_write_clearcharacter(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void screen_write_insertline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
void screen_write_deleteline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
void screen_write_clearline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
void screen_write_clearendofline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
void screen_write_clearstartofline(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_write_cursormove(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
Scrolling needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 13:00:56 +00:00
void screen_write_reverseindex(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_write_scrollregion(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
Scrolling needs to use background colour.
2017-05-12 13:00:56 +00:00
void screen_write_linefeed(struct screen_write_ctx *, int, u_int);
void screen_write_scrollup(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_write_carriagereturn(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void screen_write_clearendofscreen(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Add BCE for clear to start of screen, which was somehow missed.
2017-02-06 19:26:49 +00:00
void screen_write_clearstartofscreen(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Add support for BCE (background colour erase). This makes various escape sequences (notable EL and ED but also IL, DL, ICH, DCH) create blank cells using the current background colour rather than the default colour. On modern systems BCE doesn't really have many benefits, but most other terminals now support it, some (lazy) applications rely on it, and it is not hard to include now that we have pane background colours anyway. Mostly written by Sean Haugh.
2016-10-13 20:27:27 +00:00
void screen_write_clearscreen(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_int);
Support for \e[3J to clear the history. Also send the corresponding terminfo code (E3) before locking.
2011-10-23 10:16:14 +00:00
void screen_write_clearhistory(struct screen_write_ctx *);
Collect sequences of printable ASCII characters and process them together instead of handling them one by one. This is significantly faster. Sequences are terminated when we reach the end of the line, fill the internal buffer, or a different character is seen by the input parser (an escape sequence, or UTF-8). Rather than writing collected sequences out immediately, hold them until it is necessary (another screen modification, or we consume all available data). This means we can discard changes that would have no effect (for example, lines that would just be scrolled off the screen or cleared). This reduces the total amount of data we write out to the terminal - not important for fast terminals, but a big help with slow (like xterm).
2017-02-08 16:45:18 +00:00
void screen_write_collect_end(struct screen_write_ctx *);
void screen_write_collect_add(struct screen_write_ctx *,
const struct grid_cell *);
Rather than having two grids for each pane, one for ASCII and one for UTF-8, collapse the two together. Simplifies the code at the expense of more memory (which can probably be reduced again later).
2013-01-18 02:16:21 +00:00
void screen_write_cell(struct screen_write_ctx *, const struct grid_cell *);
Support setting the xterm clipboard when copying from copy mode using the xterm escape sequence for the purpose (if xterm is configured to allow it). Written by and much discussed Ailin Nemui, guidance on xterm/termcap/terminfo from Thomas Dickey.
2011-05-18 20:24:29 +00:00
void screen_write_setselection(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_char *, u_int);
Support passing through escape sequences to the underlying terminal by using DCS with a "tmux;" prefix. Escape characters in the sequences must be doubled. For example: $ printf '\033Ptmux;\033\033]12;red\007\033\\' Will pass \033]12;red\007 to the terminal (and change the cursor colour in xterm). From Kevin Goodsell.
2011-03-07 23:46:27 +00:00
void screen_write_rawstring(struct screen_write_ctx *, u_char *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* screen-redraw.c */
Add a client redraw-window flag instead of the redraw-all flag and for all just use the three flags together (window, borders, status).
2018-08-19 16:45:03 +00:00
void screen_redraw_screen(struct client *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_redraw_pane(struct client *, struct window_pane *);
/* screen.c */
void screen_init(struct screen *, u_int, u_int, u_int);
void screen_reinit(struct screen *);
void screen_free(struct screen *);
Proper support for tab stops (\033H etc), using a bitstring(3). Makes another vttest test happy.
2009-06-04 18:48:24 +00:00
void screen_reset_tabs(struct screen *);
Support DECSCUSR sequence to set the cursor style with two new terminfo(5) extensions, Cs and Csr. Written by Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:17:39 +00:00
void screen_set_cursor_style(struct screen *, u_int);
Support xterm(1) cursor colour change sequences through terminfo(5) Cc (set) and Cr (reset) extensions. Originally by Sean Estabrooks, tweaked by me and Ailin Nemui.
2011-05-20 19:03:58 +00:00
void screen_set_cursor_colour(struct screen *, const char *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_set_title(struct screen *, const char *);
Add support for the xterm(1) title stack, from Brad Town, GitHub issue 1075.
2017-10-05 13:29:18 +00:00
void screen_push_title(struct screen *);
void screen_pop_title(struct screen *);
Automatically reflow wrapped lines when a pane is resized, requested by many over the years and finally implemented by Richard Woodbury.
2013-02-05 11:08:59 +00:00
void screen_resize(struct screen *, u_int, u_int, int);
Move struct screen_sel into screen.c and tidy up members that are only used by copy mode.
2018-07-31 11:49:26 +00:00
void screen_set_selection(struct screen *, u_int, u_int, u_int, u_int,
u_int, int, struct grid_cell *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void screen_clear_selection(struct screen *);
Make the selection able to exist independent of the cursor position, so that it is not affected by scrolling. If MouseDragEnd1Pane is bound to the new "stop-selection" command: bind -Tcopy-mode MouseDragEnd1Pane stop-selection A selection made with the mouse will stay as it is after button 1 is released. (It also works bound to a key.) From Artem Fokin.
2016-11-24 13:38:44 +00:00
void screen_hide_selection(struct screen *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int screen_check_selection(struct screen *, u_int, u_int);
Redraw selection in tty_draw_line, so it appears when redrawing whole pane. Reported by Theo Buehler.
2016-10-12 13:24:07 +00:00
void screen_select_cell(struct screen *, struct grid_cell *,
const struct grid_cell *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* window.c */
extern struct windows windows;
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
extern struct window_pane_tree all_window_panes;
Change the windows array into an RB tree and fix some places where we were only looking at the first winlink for a window in a session.
2015-04-22 15:30:11 +00:00
int window_cmp(struct window *, struct window *);
RB_PROTOTYPE(windows, window, entry, window_cmp);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int winlink_cmp(struct winlink *, struct winlink *);
RB_PROTOTYPE(winlinks, winlink, entry, winlink_cmp);
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
int window_pane_cmp(struct window_pane *, struct window_pane *);
RB_PROTOTYPE(window_pane_tree, window_pane, tree_entry, window_pane_cmp);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_find_by_index(struct winlinks *, int);
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
2009-12-03 22:50:09 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_find_by_window(struct winlinks *, struct window *);
Give each window a unique id, like panes but prefixed with @. Based on work from George Nachman.
2012-01-30 09:39:34 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_find_by_window_id(struct winlinks *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int winlink_count(struct winlinks *);
Check if the index is in use and fail before creating the child process, rather than leaving a stray child on failure.
2011-01-25 22:31:50 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_add(struct winlinks *, int);
void winlink_set_window(struct winlink *, struct window *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void winlink_remove(struct winlinks *, struct winlink *);
Remove a couple of unused arguments where possible, and add /* ARGSUSED */ to the rest to reduce lint output.
2009-11-26 21:37:13 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_next(struct winlink *);
struct winlink *winlink_previous(struct winlink *);
Make pane/window wrapping more logical (so with 10 windows, +10 from window 5 stays in the same place), and tidy the code. From Tiago Cunha.
2010-07-14 18:37:49 +00:00
struct winlink *winlink_next_by_number(struct winlink *, struct session *,
int);
struct winlink *winlink_previous_by_number(struct winlink *, struct session *,
int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void winlink_stack_push(struct winlink_stack *, struct winlink *);
void winlink_stack_remove(struct winlink_stack *, struct winlink *);
Move the functions to convert ids from strings into session.c and window.c.
2015-04-25 18:09:28 +00:00
struct window *window_find_by_id_str(const char *);
Give each window a unique id, like panes but prefixed with @. Based on work from George Nachman.
2012-01-30 09:39:34 +00:00
struct window *window_find_by_id(u_int);
Move alerts onto events rather than checking every loop.
2015-08-29 08:30:54 +00:00
void window_update_activity(struct window *);
Give window_create and window_create1 better names.
2016-10-15 09:27:52 +00:00
struct window *window_create(u_int, u_int);
struct window *window_create_spawn(const char *, int, char **, const char *,
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
2015-10-31 08:13:58 +00:00
const char *, const char *, struct environ *,
struct termios *, u_int, u_int, u_int, char **);
Get rid of the layout string code which tries to walk through the layout hierarchy and instead just look at what panes are actually in the window.
2011-06-05 10:53:05 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_get_active_at(struct window *, u_int, u_int);
struct window_pane *window_find_string(struct window *, const char *);
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
int window_has_pane(struct window *, struct window_pane *);
Only redraw pane when it has actually changed.
2014-10-21 22:22:04 +00:00
int window_set_active_pane(struct window *, struct window_pane *);
When the active pane changes, redraw panes if the style has changed. From Cam Hutchison.
2015-09-14 11:34:50 +00:00
void window_redraw_active_switch(struct window *,
struct window_pane *);
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
2018-03-16 15:15:39 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_add_pane(struct window *, struct window_pane *, int,
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
2017-02-27 13:07:57 +00:00
int, u_int);
Make some functions which return unused values void (mostly found by lint) and tweak a redundant expression in window_pane_set_mode.
2009-07-21 19:54:22 +00:00
void window_resize(struct window *, u_int, u_int);
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
int window_zoom(struct window_pane *);
int window_unzoom(struct window *);
Correct the dance to fix the active pane in join-pane by pulling the (right) code from break-pane and window_remove_pane into a helper function.
2014-04-17 09:13:13 +00:00
void window_lost_pane(struct window *, struct window_pane *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void window_remove_pane(struct window *, struct window_pane *);
struct window_pane *window_pane_at_index(struct window *, u_int);
Make pane/window wrapping more logical (so with 10 windows, +10 from window 5 stays in the same place), and tidy the code. From Tiago Cunha.
2010-07-14 18:37:49 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_pane_next_by_number(struct window *,
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
struct window_pane *, u_int);
Make pane/window wrapping more logical (so with 10 windows, +10 from window 5 stays in the same place), and tidy the code. From Tiago Cunha.
2010-07-14 18:37:49 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_pane_previous_by_number(struct window *,
Put the tty structs together, and tabify.
2015-05-08 16:48:12 +00:00
struct window_pane *, u_int);
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
2011-11-15 23:19:51 +00:00
int window_pane_index(struct window_pane *, u_int *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
u_int window_count_panes(struct window *);
void window_destroy_panes(struct window *);
Move the functions to convert ids from strings into session.c and window.c.
2015-04-25 18:09:28 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_by_id_str(const char *);
Give each pane created in a tmux server a unique id (starting from 0), put it in the TMUX_PANE environment variable and accept it as a target. Suggested by and with testing and tweaks from Ben Boeckel.
2011-03-27 20:27:26 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_by_id(u_int);
Do not close panes until process has exited and any outstanding data has been written to the pipe-pane event if there is one. GitHub issue 991.
2017-07-03 08:16:03 +00:00
int window_pane_destroy_ready(struct window_pane *);
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 08:08:32 +00:00
int window_pane_spawn(struct window_pane *, int, char **,
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
2015-10-31 08:13:58 +00:00
const char *, const char *, const char *, struct environ *,
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
2014-04-17 13:02:59 +00:00
struct termios *, char **);
Make some functions which return unused values void (mostly found by lint) and tweak a redundant expression in window_pane_set_mode.
2009-07-21 19:54:22 +00:00
void window_pane_resize(struct window_pane *, u_int, u_int);
Support the 47 and 1047 SM and RM sequences (alternate screen without cursor), requested by I forget who ages ago.
2012-11-27 20:08:42 +00:00
void window_pane_alternate_on(struct window_pane *,
struct grid_cell *, int);
void window_pane_alternate_off(struct window_pane *,
struct grid_cell *, int);
Add support for the OSC 4 and OSC 104 palette setting escape sequences, from S Gilles.
2017-01-07 15:28:13 +00:00
void window_pane_set_palette(struct window_pane *, u_int, int);
void window_pane_unset_palette(struct window_pane *, u_int);
void window_pane_reset_palette(struct window_pane *);
Put all palette functions together in the file.
2017-01-12 10:15:55 +00:00
int window_pane_get_palette(const struct window_pane *, int);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
int window_pane_set_mode(struct window_pane *,
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
const struct window_mode *, struct cmd_find_state *,
struct args *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
void window_pane_reset_mode(struct window_pane *);
Allow multiple modes to be open in a pane. A stack of open modes is kept and the previous restored when the top is exited. If a mode that is already on the stack is entered, the existing instance is moved to the top as the active mode rather than being opened new.
2019-03-12 11:16:49 +00:00
void window_pane_reset_mode_all(struct window_pane *);
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
void window_pane_key(struct window_pane *, struct client *,
Pass window into mode functions.
2018-12-18 13:20:44 +00:00
struct session *, struct winlink *, key_code,
struct mouse_event *);
Get rid of the PANE_HIDDEN flag in favour of a function, and moving the decision for whether or not a pane should be drawn out of the layout code and into the redraw code. This is needed for the new layout design, getting it in now to make that easier to work on.
2009-07-14 07:23:36 +00:00
int window_pane_visible(struct window_pane *);
Add ||, && format operators and C: to search pane content.
2017-05-29 18:06:34 +00:00
u_int window_pane_search(struct window_pane *, const char *);
Now that struct winlink has a session pointer, can remove some arguments.
2017-04-20 09:43:45 +00:00
const char *window_printable_flags(struct winlink *);
Support up, down, left, right movement through panes with -UDLR flags to select-pane. Also REMOVE the up- and down-pane commands: equivalent behaviour is now available using -t :.+ and -t :.-.
2010-03-22 19:07:52 +00:00
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_up(struct window_pane *);
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_down(struct window_pane *);
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_left(struct window_pane *);
struct window_pane *window_pane_find_right(struct window_pane *);
Move window name changes into wrapper function window_set_name, from George Nachman.
2012-02-02 00:10:11 +00:00
void window_set_name(struct window *, const char *);
Log what is happening with window and session reference counts much more obviously.
2017-04-28 19:13:55 +00:00
void window_add_ref(struct window *, const char *);
void window_remove_ref(struct window *, const char *);
Clear flags across all sessions, from Thomas Adam.
2012-07-08 07:27:32 +00:00
void winlink_clear_flags(struct winlink *);
Move the shuffle code from new-window -a into a function and add a -a flag for move-window too. From Thomas Adam.
2015-06-17 16:50:28 +00:00
int winlink_shuffle_up(struct session *, struct winlink *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* layout.c */
Custom layouts. list-windows command displays the layout as a string (such as "bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}") and it can be applied to another window (with the same number of panes or fewer) using select-layout.
2010-06-29 03:30:13 +00:00
u_int layout_count_cells(struct layout_cell *);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
struct layout_cell *layout_create_cell(struct layout_cell *);
void layout_free_cell(struct layout_cell *);
void layout_print_cell(struct layout_cell *, const char *, u_int);
Fix minimum size when pane status line is enabled, reported by Y Petremann.
2016-08-03 09:07:02 +00:00
void layout_destroy_cell(struct window *, struct layout_cell *,
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
struct layout_cell **);
Instead of working out which pane to resize with the mouse by walking the panes list, look through the layout cells for the nearest border and resize that cell. From Dan Aloni in GitHub issue 1374.
2018-06-08 20:54:22 +00:00
void layout_resize_layout(struct window *, struct layout_cell *,
enum layout_type, int, int);
struct layout_cell *layout_search_by_border(struct layout_cell *, u_int, u_int);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
void layout_set_size(struct layout_cell *, u_int, u_int, u_int,
u_int);
void layout_make_leaf(struct layout_cell *, struct window_pane *);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
void layout_make_node(struct layout_cell *, enum layout_type);
void layout_fix_offsets(struct layout_cell *);
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
void layout_fix_panes(struct window *);
Fix minimum size when pane status line is enabled, reported by Y Petremann.
2016-08-03 09:07:02 +00:00
void layout_resize_adjust(struct window *, struct layout_cell *,
enum layout_type, int);
Add -A flag to new-session to make it behave like attach-session if the session exists. If -A is used, -D behaves like -d to attach-session.
2013-03-24 09:58:40 +00:00
void layout_init(struct window *, struct window_pane *);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
void layout_free(struct window *);
void layout_resize(struct window *, u_int, u_int);
Add resize-pane -x and -y for absolute pane size (much requested).
2013-03-22 10:37:39 +00:00
void layout_resize_pane(struct window_pane *, enum layout_type,
Do not allow the opposite pane to resize when dragging with the mouse because it is not possible to keep the mouse on the border when the minimum size is reached.
2016-10-10 17:28:30 +00:00
int, int);
Add resize-pane -x and -y for absolute pane size (much requested).
2013-03-22 10:37:39 +00:00
void layout_resize_pane_to(struct window_pane *, enum layout_type,
u_int);
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
2010-01-07 20:52:18 +00:00
void layout_assign_pane(struct layout_cell *, struct window_pane *);
Style nits and line wrapping of function declarations.
2015-12-11 16:37:21 +00:00
struct layout_cell *layout_split_pane(struct window_pane *, enum layout_type,
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
2016-09-04 17:37:06 +00:00
int, int, int);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
void layout_close_pane(struct window_pane *);
Add a common function for spreading out cells and use it for the two even layouts and to add a -E flag to select-layout to spread out cells evenly without changing parent cells.
2017-11-15 19:59:27 +00:00
int layout_spread_cell(struct window *, struct layout_cell *);
void layout_spread_out(struct window_pane *);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
Custom layouts. list-windows command displays the layout as a string (such as "bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}") and it can be applied to another window (with the same number of panes or fewer) using select-layout.
2010-06-29 03:30:13 +00:00
/* layout-custom.c */
Always format real layout even when zoomed.
2015-04-21 22:38:49 +00:00
char *layout_dump(struct layout_cell *);
Custom layouts. list-windows command displays the layout as a string (such as "bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}") and it can be applied to another window (with the same number of panes or fewer) using select-layout.
2010-06-29 03:30:13 +00:00
int layout_parse(struct window *, const char *);
Improved layout code. Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane. The major functional changes are: - panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible. Thanks to all who tested.
2009-07-19 13:21:40 +00:00
/* layout-set.c */
int layout_set_lookup(const char *);
u_int layout_set_select(struct window *, u_int);
u_int layout_set_next(struct window *);
u_int layout_set_previous(struct window *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
/* mode-tree.c */
Make the mode draw function use the parent screen directly rather than its own to avoid copying twice.
2017-11-02 22:00:42 +00:00
typedef void (*mode_tree_build_cb)(void *, u_int, uint64_t *, const char *);
typedef void (*mode_tree_draw_cb)(void *, void *, struct screen_write_ctx *,
u_int, u_int);
typedef int (*mode_tree_search_cb)(void *, void *, const char *);
typedef void (*mode_tree_each_cb)(void *, void *, struct client *, key_code);
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
u_int mode_tree_count_tagged(struct mode_tree_data *);
void *mode_tree_get_current(struct mode_tree_data *);
Support mouse on preview in tree mode.
2017-11-03 17:02:33 +00:00
void mode_tree_expand_current(struct mode_tree_data *);
void mode_tree_set_current(struct mode_tree_data *, uint64_t);
Make the mode draw function use the parent screen directly rather than its own to avoid copying twice.
2017-11-02 22:00:42 +00:00
void mode_tree_each_tagged(struct mode_tree_data *, mode_tree_each_cb,
struct client *, key_code, int);
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
void mode_tree_down(struct mode_tree_data *, int);
Add -O option to choose-* to set initial sort order.
2017-06-09 15:29:15 +00:00
struct mode_tree_data *mode_tree_start(struct window_pane *, struct args *,
Make the mode draw function use the parent screen directly rather than its own to avoid copying twice.
2017-11-02 22:00:42 +00:00
mode_tree_build_cb, mode_tree_draw_cb, mode_tree_search_cb,
void *, const char **, u_int, struct screen **);
Add -Z flag to choose-tree, choose-client, choose-buffer to automatically zoom the pane when the mode is entered and unzoom when it exits, assuming the pane is not already zoomed. Add -Z to the default key bindings.
2018-02-28 08:55:44 +00:00
void mode_tree_zoom(struct mode_tree_data *, struct args *);
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
void mode_tree_build(struct mode_tree_data *);
void mode_tree_free(struct mode_tree_data *);
void mode_tree_resize(struct mode_tree_data *, u_int, u_int);
struct mode_tree_item *mode_tree_add(struct mode_tree_data *,
struct mode_tree_item *, void *, uint64_t, const char *,
const char *, int);
void mode_tree_remove(struct mode_tree_data *, struct mode_tree_item *);
void mode_tree_draw(struct mode_tree_data *);
Add simple searching (C-s and n) to the various choose modes: by name for client and tree, and by name and content for buffer.
2017-06-07 14:37:30 +00:00
int mode_tree_key(struct mode_tree_data *, struct client *, key_code *,
Support mouse on preview in tree mode.
2017-11-03 17:02:33 +00:00
struct mouse_event *, u_int *, u_int *);
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
void mode_tree_run_command(struct client *, struct cmd_find_state *,
const char *, const char *);
/* window-buffer.c */
extern const struct window_mode window_buffer_mode;
/* window-tree.c */
extern const struct window_mode window_tree_mode;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* window-clock.c */
extern const struct window_mode window_clock_mode;
Having three *clock* files is ridiculous, remove clock.c.
2014-03-31 21:34:08 +00:00
extern const char window_clock_table[14][5][5];
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features. Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes. Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are: - each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane; - items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key); - multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once); - in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':'); - displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f'); - the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available; - shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z. Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later. Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree). Parts written by Thomas Adam.
2017-05-30 21:44:59 +00:00
/* window-client.c */
extern const struct window_mode window_client_mode;
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* window-copy.c */
extern const struct window_mode window_copy_mode;
Make the mode used to view command output (a variant of copy mode) use its own mode definition struct with a different init function rather than calling special setup functions.
2019-03-08 10:34:20 +00:00
extern const struct window_mode window_view_mode;
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(2, 3) window_copy_add(struct window_pane *, const char *, ...);
Merge copy mode and output mode, dropping the latter. Idea and code from Micah Cowan.
2010-04-06 21:35:44 +00:00
void window_copy_vadd(struct window_pane *, const char *, va_list);
Use the same code for half page scrolling as full, from Michal Mazurek.
2016-05-01 13:39:05 +00:00
void window_copy_pageup(struct window_pane *, int);
Rewrite of tmux mouse support which was a mess. Instead of having options for "mouse-this" and "mouse-that", mouse events may be bound as keys and there is one option "mouse" that turns on mouse support entirely (set -g mouse on). See the new MOUSE SUPPORT section of the man page for description of the key names and new flags (-t= to specify the pane or window under mouse as a target, and send-keys -M to pass through a mouse event). The default builtin bindings for the mouse are: bind -n MouseDown1Pane select-pane -t=; send-keys -M bind -n MouseDown1Status select-window -t= bind -n MouseDrag1Pane copy-mode -M bind -n MouseDrag1Border resize-pane -M To get the effect of turning mode-mouse off, do: unbind -n MouseDrag1Pane unbind -temacs-copy MouseDrag1Pane The old mouse options are now gone, set-option -q may be used to suppress warnings if mixing configuration files.
2015-04-19 21:34:21 +00:00
void window_copy_start_drag(struct client *, struct mouse_event *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* names.c */
Better take on reducing the name timer. Again check for name changes in the main loop after events that may have changed the pane, but do so at most once every 500 millis. If the pane changed too soon, use a timer to ensure that a check happens later.
2015-08-29 00:29:15 +00:00
void check_window_name(struct window *);
Remove CMD_SENDENVIRON.
2013-10-10 12:09:34 +00:00
char *default_window_name(struct window *);
char *parse_window_name(const char *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Add a skeleton mode to tmux (called "control mode") that let's tmux commands be sent and output received on stdout. This can be used to integrate with other terminal emulators and should allow some other things to be made simpler later. More to come so doesn't do much yet and deliberately not documented.
2012-06-18 13:16:42 +00:00
/* control.c */
Various minor style and spacing nits.
2014-09-01 21:50:18 +00:00
void control_callback(struct client *, int, void *);
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(2, 3) control_write(struct client *, const char *, ...);
Add control_write_buffer, from George Nachman.
2012-09-24 13:39:10 +00:00
void control_write_buffer(struct client *, struct evbuffer *);
Send notifications to control clients. Also don't redraw client when suspended.
2012-09-03 09:32:38 +00:00
/* control-notify.c */
Add notification for input from a pane, from George Nachman.
2012-09-25 07:41:22 +00:00
void control_notify_input(struct client *, struct window_pane *,
struct evbuffer *);
Some new notifications, mainly for active pane and current window and session: pane-mode-changed window-pane-changed client-session-changed session-window-changed From Joshua Brot.
2017-05-04 07:16:43 +00:00
void control_notify_pane_mode_changed(int);
Send notifications to control clients. Also don't redraw client when suspended.
2012-09-03 09:32:38 +00:00
void control_notify_window_layout_changed(struct window *);
Some new notifications, mainly for active pane and current window and session: pane-mode-changed window-pane-changed client-session-changed session-window-changed From Joshua Brot.
2017-05-04 07:16:43 +00:00
void control_notify_window_pane_changed(struct window *);
Send notifications to control clients. Also don't redraw client when suspended.
2012-09-03 09:32:38 +00:00
void control_notify_window_unlinked(struct session *, struct window *);
void control_notify_window_linked(struct session *, struct window *);
void control_notify_window_renamed(struct window *);
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
2016-10-16 22:06:40 +00:00
void control_notify_client_session_changed(struct client *);
Send notifications to control clients. Also don't redraw client when suspended.
2012-09-03 09:32:38 +00:00
void control_notify_session_renamed(struct session *);
void control_notify_session_created(struct session *);
Rename a function for consistency and some spacing nits.
2016-10-15 00:12:58 +00:00
void control_notify_session_closed(struct session *);
Some new notifications, mainly for active pane and current window and session: pane-mode-changed window-pane-changed client-session-changed session-window-changed From Joshua Brot.
2017-05-04 07:16:43 +00:00
void control_notify_session_window_changed(struct session *);
Add a skeleton mode to tmux (called "control mode") that let's tmux commands be sent and output received on stdout. This can be used to integrate with other terminal emulators and should allow some other things to be made simpler later. More to come so doesn't do much yet and deliberately not documented.
2012-06-18 13:16:42 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* session.c */
extern struct sessions sessions;
Store sessions in an RB tree by name rather than a list, this is tidier and allows them to easily be shown sorted in various lists (list-sessions/choose-sessions). Keep a session index which is used in a couple of places internally but make it an ever-increasing number rather than filling in gaps with new sessions.
2010-12-21 22:37:59 +00:00
int session_cmp(struct session *, struct session *);
RB_PROTOTYPE(sessions, session, entry, session_cmp);
Unify the way sessions are used by callbacks - store the address and use the reference count, then check it is still on the global sessions list in the callback.
2010-12-20 00:03:55 +00:00
int session_alive(struct session *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
struct session *session_find(const char *);
Move the functions to convert ids from strings into session.c and window.c.
2015-04-25 18:09:28 +00:00
struct session *session_find_by_id_str(const char *);
Rename session idx to session id throughout and add $ prefix to targets to use it, extended from a diff from George Nachman.
2013-03-25 10:11:45 +00:00
struct session *session_find_by_id(u_int);
Instead of numbering session groups, give them a name which may be given to -t instead of a target session. Also allow them to contain only one session.
2017-02-09 15:04:53 +00:00
struct session *session_create(const char *, const char *, int, char **,
const char *, const char *, struct environ *,
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time. There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed. The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before. If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right. Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual). The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest. For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing.. If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session. The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders. The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2018-10-18 08:38:01 +00:00
struct options *, struct termios *, int, char **);
Some extra logging to show why tmux might exit.
2017-07-09 22:33:09 +00:00
void session_destroy(struct session *, const char *);
Log what is happening with window and session reference counts much more obviously.
2017-04-28 19:13:55 +00:00
void session_add_ref(struct session *, const char *);
void session_remove_ref(struct session *, const char *);
Change so that an empty session name always means the current sessions even if given with, for example, -t '', and explicitly forbid empty session names and those containing a : when they are created.
2011-04-06 21:51:31 +00:00
int session_check_name(const char *);
Make session_update_activity more useful and use it in more places.
2015-08-28 13:01:03 +00:00
void session_update_activity(struct session *, struct timeval *);
Add -n and -p flags to switch-client to move to the next and previous session (yes, it doesn't match window/pane, but so what, nor does switch-client). Based on a diff long ago from "edsouza".
2010-09-08 22:02:28 +00:00
struct session *session_next_session(struct session *);
struct session *session_previous_session(struct session *);
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 08:08:32 +00:00
struct winlink *session_new(struct session *, const char *, int, char **,
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
2015-10-31 08:13:58 +00:00
const char *, const char *, int, char **);
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
2014-05-13 08:08:32 +00:00
struct winlink *session_attach(struct session *, struct window *, int,
char **);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int session_detach(struct session *, struct winlink *);
Make session_has return a flag, returning the first winlink found is a recipe for errors.
2015-04-22 15:32:33 +00:00
int session_has(struct session *, struct window *);
Add a format window_linked which is 1 if a window has been linked multiple times, also remove the default space in window_flags and use a conditional to add it in window-status-format (this means additional flags can be added in the option without extra spaces). From Thomas Adam with tweaks by me.
2015-05-06 08:35:39 +00:00
int session_is_linked(struct session *, struct window *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
int session_next(struct session *, int);
int session_previous(struct session *, int);
int session_select(struct session *, int);
int session_last(struct session *);
Add session_set_current helper function, extracted from a diff from Aaron Jensen.
2013-03-22 16:00:26 +00:00
int session_set_current(struct session *, struct winlink *);
Instead of numbering session groups, give them a name which may be given to -t instead of a target session. Also allow them to contain only one session.
2017-02-09 15:04:53 +00:00
struct session_group *session_group_contains(struct session *);
struct session_group *session_group_find(const char *);
struct session_group *session_group_new(const char *);
void session_group_add(struct session_group *, struct session *);
Add "grouped sessions" which have independent name, options, current window and so on but where the linked windows are synchronized (ie creating, killing windows and so on are mirrored between the sessions). A grouped session may be created by passing -t to new-session. Had this around for a while, tested by a couple of people.
2009-10-10 10:02:48 +00:00
void session_group_synchronize_to(struct session *);
void session_group_synchronize_from(struct session *);
Only show the first member of session groups in tree mode (-G flag disables).
2017-11-02 18:27:35 +00:00
u_int session_group_count(struct session_group *);
Add a flag to move-window to renumber the windows in a session (closing any gaps) and add an option to do this automatically each time a window is killed. From Thomas Adam.
2012-04-29 17:20:01 +00:00
void session_renumber_windows(struct session *);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* utf8.c */
Add some UTF-8 utility functions and use them to prevent the width limit on formats from splitting UTF-8 characters improperly.
2014-04-17 15:37:55 +00:00
void utf8_set(struct utf8_data *, u_char);
Long overdue change to the way we store cells in the grid: now, instead of storing a full grid_cell with UTF-8 data and everything, store a new type grid_cell_entry. This can either be the cell itself (for ASCII cells), or an offset into an extended array (per line) for UTF-8 data. This avoid a large (8 byte) overhead on non-UTF-8 cells (by far the majority for most users) without the complexity of the shadow array we had before. Grid memory without any UTF-8 is about half. The disadvantage that cells can no longer be modified in place and need to be copied out of the grid and back but it turned out to be lot less complicated than I expected.
2015-11-13 08:09:28 +00:00
void utf8_copy(struct utf8_data *, const struct utf8_data *);
All these return values from utf8_* are confusing, use an enum.
2015-11-14 11:45:43 +00:00
enum utf8_state utf8_open(struct utf8_data *, u_char);
enum utf8_state utf8_append(struct utf8_data *, u_char);
Handle wcwidth() and mbtowc() failures in better style and drop characters where we can't find the width (wcwidth() fails) on input, the same as we drop invalid UTF-8. Suggested by schwarze@.
2016-03-02 15:36:02 +00:00
enum utf8_state utf8_combine(const struct utf8_data *, wchar_t *);
Use system wcwidth() instead of carrying around UTF-8 width tables.
2016-03-01 12:02:08 +00:00
enum utf8_state utf8_split(wchar_t, struct utf8_data *);
Be more strict about escape sequences that rename windows or set titles: ignore any that not valid UTF-8 outright, and for good measure pass the result through our UTF-8-aware vis(3).
2017-06-04 09:02:36 +00:00
int utf8_isvalid(const char *);
Add some UTF-8 utility functions and use them to prevent the width limit on formats from splitting UTF-8 characters improperly.
2014-04-17 15:37:55 +00:00
int utf8_strvis(char *, const char *, size_t, int);
Plain stravis() because it will mangle UTF-8 characters, so add utf8_stravis() which calls our existing utf8_strvis() and use it instead
2017-01-18 10:08:05 +00:00
int utf8_stravis(char **, const char *, int);
If we know the terminal outside tmux is not UTF-8, replace UTF-8 in error messages and whatnot with underscores the same as we do when we draw UTF-8 characters as part of the screen.
2015-11-12 11:10:50 +00:00
char *utf8_sanitize(const char *);
Support UTF-8 entry into the command prompt.
2016-10-11 07:11:40 +00:00
size_t utf8_strlen(const struct utf8_data *);
u_int utf8_strwidth(const struct utf8_data *, ssize_t);
Add some UTF-8 utility functions and use them to prevent the width limit on formats from splitting UTF-8 characters improperly.
2014-04-17 15:37:55 +00:00
struct utf8_data *utf8_fromcstr(const char *);
char *utf8_tocstr(struct utf8_data *);
u_int utf8_cstrwidth(const char *);
Whoops, need this for the previous reverse trim commit too.
2016-01-31 09:57:41 +00:00
char *utf8_rtrimcstr(const char *, u_int);
Add some UTF-8 utility functions and use them to prevent the width limit on formats from splitting UTF-8 characters improperly.
2014-04-17 15:37:55 +00:00
char *utf8_trimcstr(const char *, u_int);
Add utf8_padcstr and use it to align columns in list-keys.
2015-11-12 12:43:36 +00:00
char *utf8_padcstr(const char *, u_int);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
/* procname.c */
char *get_proc_name(int, char *);
/* log.c */
Make the log stuff a bit tidier with some helper functions.
2015-11-24 21:19:46 +00:00
void log_add_level(void);
int log_get_level(void);
void log_open(const char *);
Support SIGUSR2 to stop and start logging for an existing server. Also we currently only have two log levels so just use -v and -vv rather than -v and -vvvv, and clarify the man page entry for -v.
2017-06-04 08:25:57 +00:00
void log_toggle(const char *);
Make the log stuff a bit tidier with some helper functions.
2015-11-24 21:19:46 +00:00
void log_close(void);
Better format for printf format attributes.
2014-10-20 23:57:13 +00:00
void printflike(1, 2) log_debug(const char *, ...);
Sync the entire xmalloc.[ch] with the other users, but with the addition of xrealloc, xvasprintf, xvsnprintf.
2015-11-18 13:06:54 +00:00
__dead void printflike(1, 2) fatal(const char *, ...);
__dead void printflike(1, 2) fatalx(const char *, ...);
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
Allow replacing each of the many sets of separate foo-{fg,bg,attr} options with a single foo-style option. For example: set -g status-fg yellow set -g status-bg red set -g status-attr blink Becomes: set -g status-style fg=yellow,bg=red,blink The -a flag to set can be used to add to rather than replace a style. So: set -g status-bg red Becomes: set -ag status-style bg=red Currently this is fully backwards compatible (all *-{fg,bg,attr} options remain) but the plan is to deprecate them over time. From Tiago Cunha.
2014-01-28 23:07:09 +00:00
/* style.c */
int style_parse(const struct grid_cell *,
struct grid_cell *, const char *);
const char *style_tostring(struct grid_cell *);
Remove a leftover prototype and fix some spacing.
2014-04-16 21:16:19 +00:00
void style_apply(struct grid_cell *, struct options *,
const char *);
void style_apply_update(struct grid_cell *, struct options *,
const char *);
When the active pane changes, redraw panes if the style has changed. From Cam Hutchison.
2015-09-14 11:34:50 +00:00
int style_equal(const struct grid_cell *,
const struct grid_cell *);
Allow replacing each of the many sets of separate foo-{fg,bg,attr} options with a single foo-style option. For example: set -g status-fg yellow set -g status-bg red set -g status-attr blink Becomes: set -g status-style fg=yellow,bg=red,blink The -a flag to set can be used to add to rather than replace a style. So: set -g status-bg red Becomes: set -ag status-style bg=red Currently this is fully backwards compatible (all *-{fg,bg,attr} options remain) but the plan is to deprecate them over time. From Tiago Cunha.
2014-01-28 23:07:09 +00:00
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another. ok deraadt pirofti
2009-06-01 22:58:49 +00:00
#endif /* TMUX_H */
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink